37
Structural Realism after the Cold War Kenneth N. Waltz S ome students of in- ternational politics believe that realism is obsolete. 1 They argue that, although realism’s concepts of anarchy, self-help, and power balancing may have been appropriate to a bygone era, they have been displaced by changed conditions and eclipsed by better ideas. New times call for new thinking. Changing conditions require revised theories or entirely different ones. True, if the conditions that a theory contemplated have changed, the theory no longer applies. But what sorts of changes would alter the international political system so profoundly that old ways of thinking would no longer be relevant? Changes of the system would do it; changes in the system would not. Within-system changes take place all the time, some important, some not. Big changes in the means of transportation, communication, and war ghting, for example, strongly affect how states and other agents interact. Such changes occur at the unit level. In modern history, or perhaps in all of history, the introduction of nuclear weaponry was the greatest of such changes. Yet in the nuclear era, international politics remains a self-help arena. Nuclear weapons decisively change how some states provide for their own and possibly for others’ security; but nuclear weapons have not altered the anarchic structure of the international political system. Changes in the structure of the system are distinct from changes at the unit level. Thus, changes in polarity also affect how states provide for their security. Signi cant changes take place when the number of great powers reduces to two or one. With more than two, states rely for their security both on their Kenneth N. Waltz, former Ford Professor of Political Science at the University of California, Berkeley, is a Research Associate of the Institute of War and Peace Studies and Adjunct Professor at Columbia University. I am indebted to Karen Adams and Robert Rauchhaus for help on this article from its conception to its completion. For insightful and constructive criticisms I wish to thank Robert Art, Richard Betts, Barbara Farnham, Anne Fox, Robert Jervis, Warner Schilling, and Mark Sheetz. 1. For example, Richard Ned Lebow, “The Long Peace, the End of the Cold War, and the Failure of Realism,” International Organization, Vol. 48, No. 2 (Spring 1994), pp. 249–277; Jeffrey W. Legro and Andrew Moravcsik, “Is Anybody Still a Realist?” International Security, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Fall 1999), pp. 5–55; Bruce Russett, Grasping the Democratic Peace: Principles for a Post–Cold War Peace (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1993); Paul Schroeder, “Historical Reality vs. Neo- realist Theory,” International Security, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Summer 1994), pp. 108–148; and John A. Vasquez, “The Realist Paradigm and Degenerative vs. Progressive Research Programs: An Ap- praisal of Neotraditional Research on Waltz’s Balancing Proposition,” American Political Science Review, Vol. 91, No. 4 (December 1997), pp. 899–912. International Security, Vol. 25, No. 1 (Summer 2000), pp. 5–41 © 2000 by the President and Fellows of Harvard College and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 5

Waltz Structural Realism

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Waltz Structural Realism

Structural Realism afterthe Cold War

Kenneth N Waltz

Some students of in-ternational politics believe that realism is obsolete1 They argue that althoughrealismrsquos concepts of anarchy self-help and power balancing may have beenappropriate to a bygone era they have been displaced by changed conditionsand eclipsed by better ideas New times call for new thinking Changingconditions require revised theories or entirely different ones

True if the conditions that a theory contemplated have changed the theoryno longer applies But what sorts of changes would alter the internationalpolitical system so profoundly that old ways of thinking would no longer berelevant Changes of the system would do it changes in the system would notWithin-system changes take place all the time some important some not Bigchanges in the means of transportation communication and war ghting forexample strongly affect how states and other agents interact Such changesoccur at the unit level In modern history or perhaps in all of history theintroduction of nuclear weaponry was the greatest of such changes Yet in thenuclear era international politics remains a self-help arena Nuclear weaponsdecisively change how some states provide for their own and possibly forothersrsquo security but nuclear weapons have not altered the anarchic structureof the international political system

Changes in the structure of the system are distinct from changes at the unitlevel Thus changes in polarity also affect how states provide for their securitySignicant changes take place when the number of great powers reduces totwo or one With more than two states rely for their security both on their

Kenneth N Waltz former Ford Professor of Political Science at the University of California Berkeley is aResearch Associate of the Institute of War and Peace Studies and Adjunct Professor at Columbia University

I am indebted to Karen Adams and Robert Rauchhaus for help on this article from its conceptionto its completion For insightful and constructive criticisms I wish to thank Robert Art RichardBetts Barbara Farnham Anne Fox Robert Jervis Warner Schilling and Mark Sheetz

1 For example Richard Ned Lebow ldquoThe Long Peace the End of the Cold War and the Failureof Realismrdquo International Organization Vol 48 No 2 (Spring 1994) pp 249ndash277 Jeffrey W Legroand Andrew Moravcsik ldquoIs Anybody Still a Realistrdquo International Security Vol 24 No 2 (Fall1999) pp 5ndash55 Bruce Russett Grasping the Democratic Peace Principles for a PostndashCold War Peace(Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1993) Paul Schroeder ldquoHistorical Reality vs Neo-realist Theoryrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 1 (Summer 1994) pp 108ndash148 and John AVasquez ldquoThe Realist Paradigm and Degenerative vs Progressive Research Programs An Ap-praisal of Neotraditional Research on Waltzrsquos Balancing Propositionrdquo American Political ScienceReview Vol 91 No 4 (December 1997) pp 899ndash912

International Security Vol 25 No 1 (Summer 2000) pp 5ndash41copy 2000 by the President and Fellows of Harvard College and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology

5

own internal efforts and on alliances they may make with others Competitionin multipolar systems is more complicated than competition in bipolar onesbecause uncertainties about the comparative capabilities of states multiply asnumbers grow and because estimates of the cohesiveness and strength ofcoalitions are hard to make

Both changes of weaponry and changes of polarity were big ones withramications that spread through the system yet they did not transformit If the system were transformed international politics would no longer beinternational politics and the past would no longer serve as a guide to thefuture We would begin to call international politics by another name assome do The terms ldquoworld politicsrdquo or ldquoglobal politicsrdquo for example suggestthat politics among self-interested states concerned with their securityhas been replaced by some other kind of politics or perhaps by no politics atall

What changes one may wonder would turn international politics into some-thing distinctly different The answer commonly given is that internationalpolitics is being transformed and realism is being rendered obsolete as democ-racy extends its sway as interdependence tightens its grip and as institutionssmooth the way to peace I consider these points in successive sections Afourth section explains why realist theory retains its explanatory power afterthe Cold War

Democracy and Peace

The end of the Cold War coincided with what many took to be a new demo-cratic wave The trend toward democracy combined with Michael Doylersquosrediscovery of the peaceful behavior of liberal democratic states inter se con-tributes strongly to the belief that war is obsolescent if not obsolete amongthe advanced industrial states of the world2

The democratic peace thesis holds that democracies do not ght democra-cies Notice that I say ldquothesisrdquo not ldquotheoryrdquo The belief that democraciesconstitute a zone of peace rests on a perceived high correlation betweengovernmental form and international outcome Francis Fukuyama thinks thatthe correlation is perfect Never once has a democracy fought another democ-racy Jack Levy says that it is ldquothe closest thing we have to an empirical law

2 Michael W Doyle ldquoKant Liberal Legacies and Foreign Affairs Parts 1 and 2rdquo Philosophy andPublic Affairs Vol 12 Nos 3 and 4 (Summer and Fall 1983) and Doyle ldquoKant Liberalism andWorld Politicsrdquo American Political Science Review Vol 80 No 4 (December 1986) pp 1151ndash1169

International Security 251 6

in the study of international relationsrdquo3 But if it is true that democracies restreliably at peace among themselves we have not a theory but a purported factbegging for an explanation as facts do The explanation given generally runsthis way Democracies of the right kind (ie liberal ones) are peaceful inrelation to one another This was Immanuel Kantrsquos point The term he usedwas Rechtsstaat or republic and his denition of a republic was so restrictivethat it was hard to believe that even one of them could come into existencelet alone two or more4 And if they did who can say that they would continueto be of the right sort or continue to be democracies at all The short and sadlife of the Weimar Republic is a reminder And how does one dene what theright sort of democracy is Some American scholars thought that WilhelmineGermany was the very model of a modern democratic state with a widesuffrage honest elections a legislature that controlled the purse competitiveparties a free press and a highly competent bureaucracy5 But in the FrenchBritish and American view after August of 1914 Germany turned out not tobe a democracy of the right kind John Owen tried to nesse the problem ofdenition by arguing that democracies that perceive one another to be liberaldemocracies will not ght6 That rather gives the game away Liberal democ-racies have at times prepared for wars against other liberal democracies andhave sometimes come close to ghting them Christopher Layne shows thatsome wars between democracies were averted not because of the reluctance ofdemocracies to ght each other but for fear of a third partymdasha good realistreason How for example could Britain and France ght each other overFashoda in 1898 when Germany lurked in the background In emphasizingthe international political reasons for democracies not ghting each otherLayne gets to the heart of the matter7 Conformity of countries to a prescribed

3 Francis Fukuyama ldquoLiberal Democracy as a Global Phenomenonrdquo Political Science and PoliticsVol 24 No 4 (1991) p 662 Jack S Levy ldquoDomestic Politics and Warrdquo in Robert I Rotberg andTheodore K Rabb eds The Origin and Prevention of Major Wars (Cambridge Cambridge UniversityPress 1989) p 884 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoKant Liberalism and Warrdquo American Political Science Review Vol 56 No 2(June 1962) Subsequent Kant references are found in this work5 Ido Oren ldquoThe Subjectivity of the lsquoDemocraticrsquo Peace Changing US Perceptions of ImperialGermanyrdquo International Security Vol 20 No 2 (Fall 1995) pp 157ff Christopher Layne in thesecond half of Layne and Sean M Lynn-Jones Should America Spread Democracy A Debate (Cam-bridge Mass MIT Press forthcoming) argues convincingly that Germanyrsquos democratic control offoreign and military policy was no weaker than Francersquos or Britainrsquos6 John M Owen ldquoHow Liberalism Produces Democratic Peacerdquo International Security Vol 19No 2 (Fall 1994) pp 87ndash125 Cf his Liberal Peace Liberal War American Politics and InternationalSecurity (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997)7 Christopher Layne ldquoKant or Cant The Myth of the Democratic Peacerdquo International SecurityVol 19 No 2 (Fall 1994) pp 5ndash49

Structural Realism after the Cold War 7

political form may eliminate some of the causes of war it cannot eliminate allof them The democratic peace thesis will hold only if all of the causes of warlie inside of states

the causes of warTo explain war is easier than to understand the conditions of peace If one askswhat may cause war the simple answer is rdquoanythingldquo That is Kantrsquos answerThe natural state is the state of war Under the conditions of internationalpolitics war recurs the sure way to abolish war then is to abolish interna-tional politics

Over the centuries liberals have shown a strong desire to get the politics outof politics The ideal of nineteenth-century liberals was the police state that isthe state that would conne its activities to catching criminals and enforcingcontracts The ideal of the laissez-faire state nds many counterparts amongstudents of international politics with their yen to get the power out of powerpolitics the national out of international politics the dependence out of inter-dependence the relative out of relative gains the politics out of internationalpolitics and the structure out of structural theory

Proponents of the democratic peace thesis write as though the spread ofdemocracy will negate the effects of anarchy No causes of conict and warwill any longer be found at the structural level Francis Fukuyama nds itrdquoperfectly possible to imagine anarchic state systems that are nonethelesspeacefulldquo He sees no reason to associate anarchy with war Bruce Russettbelieves that with enough democracies in the world it ldquomay be possible inpart to supersede the lsquorealistrsquo principles (anarchy the security dilemma ofstates) that have dominated practice since at least the seventeenth cen-turyrdquo8 Thus the structure is removed from structural theory Democratic stateswould be so condent of the peace-preserving effects of democracy that theywould no longer fear that another state so long as it remained democraticwould do it wrong The guarantee of the statersquos proper external behaviorwould derive from its admirable internal qualities

This is a conclusion that Kant would not sustain German historians at theturn of the nineteenth century wondered whether peacefully inclined statescould be planted and expected to grow where dangers from outside presseddaily upon them9 Kant a century earlier entertained the same worry The

8 Francis Fukuyama The End of History and the Last Man (New York Free Press 1992) pp 254ndash256Russett Grasping the Democratic Peace p 249 For example Leopold von Ranke Gerhard Ritter and Otto Hintze The American WilliamGraham Sumner and many others shared their doubts

International Security 251 8

seventh proposition of his rdquoPrinciples of the Political Orderldquo avers that estab-lishment of the proper constitution internally requires the proper ordering ofthe external relations of states The rst duty of the state is to defend itselfand outside of a juridical order none but the state itself can dene the actionsrequired rdquoLesion of a less powerful countryldquo Kant writes rdquomay be involvedmerely in the condition of a more powerful neighbor prior to any action at alland in the State of Nature an attack under such circumstances would bewarrantableldquo 10 In the state of nature there is no such thing as an unjust war

Every student of international politics is aware of the statistical data sup-porting the democratic peace thesis Everyone has also known at least sinceDavid Hume that we have no reason to believe that the association of eventsprovides a basis for inferring the presence of a causal relation John Muellerproperly speculates that it is not democracy that causes peace but that otherconditions cause both democracy and peace11 Some of the major democra-ciesmdashBritain in the nineteenth century and the United States in the twentiethcenturymdashhave been among the most powerful states of their eras Powerfulstates often gain their ends by peaceful means where weaker states either failor have to resort to war12 Thus the American government deemed the demo-cratically elected Juan Bosch of the Dominican Republic too weak to bringorder to his country The United States toppled his government by sending23000 troops within a week troops whose mere presence made ghting a warunnecessary Salvador Allende democratically elected ruler of Chile was sys-tematically and effectively undermined by the United States without the openuse of force because its leaders thought that his government was taking awrong turn As Henry Kissinger put it rdquoI donrsquot see why we need to stand byand watch a country go Communist due to the irresponsibility of its ownpeopleldquo13 That is the way it is with democraciesmdashtheir people may show badjudgment rdquoWaywardldquo democracies are especially tempting objects of interven-tion by other democracies that wish to save them American policy may havebeen wise in both cases but its actions surely cast doubt on the democraticpeace thesis So do the instances when a democracy did ght another democ-

10 Immanuel Kant The Philosophy of Law trans W Hastie (Edinburgh T and T Clark 1887)p 21811 John Mueller ldquoIs War Still Becoming Obsoleterdquo paper presented at the annual meeting of theAmerican Political Science Association Washington DC AugustndashSeptember 1991 pp 55ff cf hisQuiet Cataclysm Reections on the Recent Transformation of World Politics (New York HarperCollins1995)12 Edward Hallett Carr Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis An Introduction to the Study of International Relations2d ed (New York Harper and Row 1946) pp 129ndash13213 Quoted in Anthony Lewis ldquoThe Kissinger Doctrinerdquo New York Times February 27 1975 p 35and see Henry Kissinger The White House Years (Boston Little Brown 1979) chap 17

Structural Realism after the Cold War 9

racy14 So do the instances in which democratically elected legislatures haveclamored for war as has happened for example in Pakistan and Jordan

One can of course say yes but the Dominican Republic and Chile were notliberal democracies nor perceived as such by the United States Once onebegins to go down that road there is no place to stop The problem is height-ened because liberal democracies as they prepare for a war they may fearbegin to look less liberal and will look less liberal still if they begin to ghtone I am tempted to say that the democratic peace thesis in the form in whichits proponents cast it is irrefutable A liberal democracy at war with anothercountry is unlikely to call it a liberal democracy

Democracies may live at peace with democracies but even if all statesbecame democratic the structure of international politics would remain anar-chic The structure of international politics is not transformed by changesinternal to states however widespread the changes may be In the absence ofan external authority a state cannot be sure that todayrsquos friend will not betomorrowrsquos enemy Indeed democracies have at times behaved as thoughtodayrsquos democracy is todayrsquos enemy and a present threat to them In FederalistPaper number six Alexander Hamilton asked whether the thirteen states ofthe Confederacy might live peacefully with one another as freely constitutedrepublics He answered that there have been rdquoalmost as many popular as royalwarsldquo He cited the many wars fought by republican Sparta Athens RomeCarthage Venice Holland and Britain John Quincy Adams in response toJames Monroersquos contrary claim averred rdquothat the government of a Republicwas as capable of intriguing with the leaders of a free people as neighbor-ing monarchsldquo15 In the latter half of the nineteenth century as the UnitedStates and Britain became more democratic bitterness grew between themand the possibility of war was at times seriously entertained on both sidesof the Atlantic France and Britain were among the principal adversaries inthe great power politics of the nineteenth century as they were earlierTheir becoming democracies did not change their behavior toward eachother In 1914 democratic England and France fought democratic Germanyand doubts about the latterrsquos democratic standing merely illustrate the prob-lem of denition Indeed the democratic pluralism of Germany was an under-lying cause of the war In response to domestic interests Germany followed

14 See for example Kenneth N Waltz ldquoAmerica as Model for the World A Foreign PolicyPerspectiverdquo PS Political Science and Politics Vol 24 No 4 (December 1991) and Mueller ldquoIs WarStill Becoming Obsoleterdquo p 515 Quoted in Walter A McDougall Promised Land Crusader State (Boston Houghton Mifin1997) p 28 and n 36

International Security 251 10

policies bound to frighten both Britain and Russia And today if a war that afew have feared were fought by the United States and Japan many Americanswould say that Japan was not a democracy after all but merely a one-partystate

What can we conclude Democracies rarely ght democracies we might sayand then add as a word of essential caution that the internal excellence of statesis a brittle basis of peace

democratic warsDemocracies coexist with undemocratic states Although democracies seldomght democracies they do as Michael Doyle has noted ght at least their shareof wars against others16 Citizens of democratic states tend to think of theircountries as good aside from what they do simply because they are demo-cratic Thus former Secretary of State Warren Christopher claimed that rdquodemo-cratic nations rarely start wars or threaten their neighborsldquo17 One mightsuggest that he try his proposition out in Central or South America Citizensof democratic states also tend to think of undemocratic states as bad asidefrom what they do simply because they are undemocratic Democracies pro-mote war because they at times decide that the way to preserve peace is todefeat nondemocratic states and make them democratic

During World War I Walter Hines Page American ambassador to Englandclaimed that there rdquois no security in any part of the world where people cannotthink of a government without a king and never will beldquo During the VietnamWar Secretary of State Dean Rusk claimed that the rdquoUnited States cannot besecure until the total international environment is ideologically safeldquo18 Policiesaside the very existence of undemocratic states is a danger to others Americanpolitical and intellectual leaders have often taken this view Liberal interven-tionism is again on the march President Bill Clinton and his national securityadviser Anthony Lake urged the United States to take measures to enhancedemocracy around the world The task one fears will be taken up by theAmerican military with some enthusiasm Former Army Chief of Staff GeneralGordon Sullivan for example favored a new military rdquomodelldquo replacing thenegative aim of containment with a positive one rdquoTo promote democracy

16 Doyle ldquoKant Liberal Legacies and Foreign Affairs Part 2rdquo p 33717 Warren Christopher ldquoThe US-Japan Relationship The Responsibility to Changerdquo address tothe Japan Association of Corporate Executives Tokyo Japan March 11 1994 (US Department ofState Bureau of Public Affairs Ofce of Public Communication) p 318 Page quoted in Waltz Man the State and War A Theoretical Analysis (New York ColumbiaUniversity Press 1959) p 121 Rusk quoted in Layne ldquoKant or Cantrdquo p 46

Structural Realism after the Cold War 11

regional stability and economic prosperityldquo19 Other voices urge us to enterinto a rdquostruggle to ensure that people are governed wellldquo Having apparentlysolved the problem of justice at home rdquothe struggle for liberal governmentbecomes a struggle not simply for justice but for survivalldquo20 As RH Tawneysaid rdquoEither war is a crusade or it is a crimeldquo21 Crusades are frighteningbecause crusaders go to war for righteous causes which they dene forthemselves and try to impose on others One might have hoped that Americanswould have learned that they are not very good at causing democracy abroadBut alas if the world can be made safe for democracy only by making itdemocratic then all means are permitted and to use them becomes a duty Thewar fervor of people and their representatives is at times hard to contain ThusHans Morgenthau believed that rdquothe democratic selection and responsibilityof government ofcials destroyed international morality as an effective systemof restraintldquo22

Since as Kant believed war among self-directed states will occasionallybreak out peace has to be contrived For any government doing so is a difculttask and all states are at times decient in accomplishing it even if they wishto Democratic leaders may respond to the fervor for war that their citizenssometimes display or even try to arouse it and governments are sometimesconstrained by electoral calculations to defer preventive measures Thus BritishPrime Minister Stanley Baldwin said that if he had called in 1935 for Britishrearmament against the German threat his party would have lost the nextelection23 Democratic governments may respond to internal political impera-tives when they should be responding to external ones All governments havetheir faults democracies no doubt fewer than others but that is not goodenough to sustain the democratic peace thesis

That peace may prevail among democratic states is a comforting thoughtThe obverse of the propositionmdashthat democracy may promote war againstundemocratic statesmdashis disturbing If the latter holds we cannot even say forsure that the spread of democracy will bring a net decrease in the amount ofwar in the world

19 Quoted in Clemson G Turregano and Ricky Lynn Waddell ldquoFrom Paradigm to Paradigm ShiftThe Military and Operations Other than Warrdquo Journal of Political Science Vol 22 (1994) p 1520 Peter Beinart ldquoThe Return of the Bombrdquo New Republic August 3 1998 p 2721 Quoted in Michael Straight Make This the Last War (New York GP Putnamrsquos Sons 1945) p 122 Hans J Morgenthau Politics among Nations The Struggle for Power and Peace 5th ed (New YorkKnopf 1973) p 24823 Gordon Craig and Alexander George Force and Statecraft Diplomatic Problems of Our Time 2ded (New York Oxford University Press 1990) p 64

International Security 251 12

With a republic established in a strong state Kant hoped the republican formwould gradually take hold in the world In 1795 America provided the hopeTwo hundred years later remarkably it still does Ever since liberals rstexpressed their views they have been divided Some have urged liberal statesto work to uplift benighted peoples and bring the benets of liberty justiceand prosperity to them John Stuart Mill Giuseppe Mazzini Woodrow Wilsonand Bill Clinton are all interventionist liberals Other liberals Kant and RichardCobden for example while agreeing on the benets that democracy can bringto the world have emphasized the difculties and the dangers of activelyseeking its propagation

If the world is now safe for democracy one has to wonder whether democ-racy is safe for the world When democracy is ascendant a condition that inthe twentieth century attended the winning of hot wars and cold ones theinterventionist spirit ourishes The effect is heightened when one democraticstate becomes dominant as the United States is now Peace is the noblest causeof war If the conditions of peace are lacking then the country with a capabilityof creating them may be tempted to do so whether or not by force The endis noble but as a matter of right Kant insists no state can intervene in theinternal arrangements of another As a matter of fact one may notice thatintervention even for worthy ends often brings more harm than good Thevice to which great powers easily succumb in a multipolar world is inattentionin a bipolar world overreaction in a unipolar world overextention

Peace is maintained by a delicate balance of internal and external restraintsStates having a surplus of power are tempted to use it and weaker states feartheir doing so The laws of voluntary federations to use Kantrsquos language aredisregarded at the whim of the stronger as the United States demonstrated adecade ago by mining Nicaraguan waters and by invading Panama In bothcases the United States blatantly violated international law In the rst itdenied the jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice which it hadpreviously accepted In the second it aunted the law embodied in the Charterof the Organization of American States of which it was a principal sponsor

If the democratic peace thesis is right structural realist theory is wrong Onemay believe with Kant that republics are by and large good states and thatunbalanced power is a danger no matter who wields it Inside of as well asoutside of the circle of democratic states peace depends on a precariousbalance of forces The causes of war lie not simply in states or in the statesystem they are found in both Kant understood this Devotees of the demo-cratic peace thesis overlook it

Structural Realism after the Cold War 13

The Weak Effects of Interdependence

If not democracy alone may not the spread of democracy combined with thetightening of national interdependence fulll the prescription for peace offeredby nineteenth-century liberals and so often repeated today24 To the suppos-edly peaceful inclination of democracies interdependence adds the propulsivepower of the prot motive Democratic states may increasingly devote them-selves to the pursuit of peace and prots The trading state is replacing thepolitical-military state and the power of the market now rivals or surpassesthe power of the state or so some believe25

Before World War I Norman Angell believed that wars would not be foughtbecause they would not pay yet Germany and Britain each other rsquos second-best customers fought a long and bloody war26 Interdependence in some wayspromotes peace by multiplying contacts among states and contributing tomutual understanding It also multiplies the occasions for conicts that maypromote resentment and even war27 Close interdependence is a condition inwhich one party can scarcely move without jostling others a small pushripples through society The closer the social bonds the more extreme the effectbecomes and one cannot sensibly pursue an interest without taking othersrsquointerests into account One country is then inclined to treat another countryrsquosacts as events within its own polity and to attempt to control them

That interdependence promotes war as well as peace has been said oftenenough What requires emphasis is that either way among the forces thatshape international politics interdependence is a weak one Interdependencewithin modern states is much closer than it is across states The Soviet economywas planned so that its far-ung parts would be not just interdependent butintegrated Huge factories depended for their output on products exchanged

24 Strongly afrmative answers are given by John R Oneal and Bruce Russett ldquoAssessing theLiberal Peace with Alternative Specications Trade Still Reduces Conictrdquo Journal of Peace ResearchVol 36 No 4 (July 1999) pp 423ndash442 and Russett Oneal and David R Davis ldquoThe Third Legof the Kantian Tripod for Peace International Organizations and Militarized Disputes 1950ndash85rdquoInternational Organization Vol 52 No 3 (Summer 1998) pp 441ndash46725 Richard Rosecrance The Rise of the Trading State Commerce and Coalitions in the Modern World(New York Basic Books 1986) and at times Susan Strange The Retreat of the State The Diffusion ofPower in the World Economy (New York Cambridge University Press 1996)26 Norman Angell The Great Illusion 4th rev and enlarged ed (New York Putnamrsquos 1913)27 Katherine Barbieri ldquoEconomic Interdependence A Path to Peace or a Source of InterstateConictrdquo Journal of Peace Research Vol 33 No 1 (February 1996) Lawrence Keely War beforeCivilization The Myth of the Peaceful Savage (New York Oxford University Press 1996) p 196 showsthat with increases of trade and intermarriage among tribes war became more frequent

International Security 251 14

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 2: Waltz Structural Realism

own internal efforts and on alliances they may make with others Competitionin multipolar systems is more complicated than competition in bipolar onesbecause uncertainties about the comparative capabilities of states multiply asnumbers grow and because estimates of the cohesiveness and strength ofcoalitions are hard to make

Both changes of weaponry and changes of polarity were big ones withramications that spread through the system yet they did not transformit If the system were transformed international politics would no longer beinternational politics and the past would no longer serve as a guide to thefuture We would begin to call international politics by another name assome do The terms ldquoworld politicsrdquo or ldquoglobal politicsrdquo for example suggestthat politics among self-interested states concerned with their securityhas been replaced by some other kind of politics or perhaps by no politics atall

What changes one may wonder would turn international politics into some-thing distinctly different The answer commonly given is that internationalpolitics is being transformed and realism is being rendered obsolete as democ-racy extends its sway as interdependence tightens its grip and as institutionssmooth the way to peace I consider these points in successive sections Afourth section explains why realist theory retains its explanatory power afterthe Cold War

Democracy and Peace

The end of the Cold War coincided with what many took to be a new demo-cratic wave The trend toward democracy combined with Michael Doylersquosrediscovery of the peaceful behavior of liberal democratic states inter se con-tributes strongly to the belief that war is obsolescent if not obsolete amongthe advanced industrial states of the world2

The democratic peace thesis holds that democracies do not ght democra-cies Notice that I say ldquothesisrdquo not ldquotheoryrdquo The belief that democraciesconstitute a zone of peace rests on a perceived high correlation betweengovernmental form and international outcome Francis Fukuyama thinks thatthe correlation is perfect Never once has a democracy fought another democ-racy Jack Levy says that it is ldquothe closest thing we have to an empirical law

2 Michael W Doyle ldquoKant Liberal Legacies and Foreign Affairs Parts 1 and 2rdquo Philosophy andPublic Affairs Vol 12 Nos 3 and 4 (Summer and Fall 1983) and Doyle ldquoKant Liberalism andWorld Politicsrdquo American Political Science Review Vol 80 No 4 (December 1986) pp 1151ndash1169

International Security 251 6

in the study of international relationsrdquo3 But if it is true that democracies restreliably at peace among themselves we have not a theory but a purported factbegging for an explanation as facts do The explanation given generally runsthis way Democracies of the right kind (ie liberal ones) are peaceful inrelation to one another This was Immanuel Kantrsquos point The term he usedwas Rechtsstaat or republic and his denition of a republic was so restrictivethat it was hard to believe that even one of them could come into existencelet alone two or more4 And if they did who can say that they would continueto be of the right sort or continue to be democracies at all The short and sadlife of the Weimar Republic is a reminder And how does one dene what theright sort of democracy is Some American scholars thought that WilhelmineGermany was the very model of a modern democratic state with a widesuffrage honest elections a legislature that controlled the purse competitiveparties a free press and a highly competent bureaucracy5 But in the FrenchBritish and American view after August of 1914 Germany turned out not tobe a democracy of the right kind John Owen tried to nesse the problem ofdenition by arguing that democracies that perceive one another to be liberaldemocracies will not ght6 That rather gives the game away Liberal democ-racies have at times prepared for wars against other liberal democracies andhave sometimes come close to ghting them Christopher Layne shows thatsome wars between democracies were averted not because of the reluctance ofdemocracies to ght each other but for fear of a third partymdasha good realistreason How for example could Britain and France ght each other overFashoda in 1898 when Germany lurked in the background In emphasizingthe international political reasons for democracies not ghting each otherLayne gets to the heart of the matter7 Conformity of countries to a prescribed

3 Francis Fukuyama ldquoLiberal Democracy as a Global Phenomenonrdquo Political Science and PoliticsVol 24 No 4 (1991) p 662 Jack S Levy ldquoDomestic Politics and Warrdquo in Robert I Rotberg andTheodore K Rabb eds The Origin and Prevention of Major Wars (Cambridge Cambridge UniversityPress 1989) p 884 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoKant Liberalism and Warrdquo American Political Science Review Vol 56 No 2(June 1962) Subsequent Kant references are found in this work5 Ido Oren ldquoThe Subjectivity of the lsquoDemocraticrsquo Peace Changing US Perceptions of ImperialGermanyrdquo International Security Vol 20 No 2 (Fall 1995) pp 157ff Christopher Layne in thesecond half of Layne and Sean M Lynn-Jones Should America Spread Democracy A Debate (Cam-bridge Mass MIT Press forthcoming) argues convincingly that Germanyrsquos democratic control offoreign and military policy was no weaker than Francersquos or Britainrsquos6 John M Owen ldquoHow Liberalism Produces Democratic Peacerdquo International Security Vol 19No 2 (Fall 1994) pp 87ndash125 Cf his Liberal Peace Liberal War American Politics and InternationalSecurity (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997)7 Christopher Layne ldquoKant or Cant The Myth of the Democratic Peacerdquo International SecurityVol 19 No 2 (Fall 1994) pp 5ndash49

Structural Realism after the Cold War 7

political form may eliminate some of the causes of war it cannot eliminate allof them The democratic peace thesis will hold only if all of the causes of warlie inside of states

the causes of warTo explain war is easier than to understand the conditions of peace If one askswhat may cause war the simple answer is rdquoanythingldquo That is Kantrsquos answerThe natural state is the state of war Under the conditions of internationalpolitics war recurs the sure way to abolish war then is to abolish interna-tional politics

Over the centuries liberals have shown a strong desire to get the politics outof politics The ideal of nineteenth-century liberals was the police state that isthe state that would conne its activities to catching criminals and enforcingcontracts The ideal of the laissez-faire state nds many counterparts amongstudents of international politics with their yen to get the power out of powerpolitics the national out of international politics the dependence out of inter-dependence the relative out of relative gains the politics out of internationalpolitics and the structure out of structural theory

Proponents of the democratic peace thesis write as though the spread ofdemocracy will negate the effects of anarchy No causes of conict and warwill any longer be found at the structural level Francis Fukuyama nds itrdquoperfectly possible to imagine anarchic state systems that are nonethelesspeacefulldquo He sees no reason to associate anarchy with war Bruce Russettbelieves that with enough democracies in the world it ldquomay be possible inpart to supersede the lsquorealistrsquo principles (anarchy the security dilemma ofstates) that have dominated practice since at least the seventeenth cen-turyrdquo8 Thus the structure is removed from structural theory Democratic stateswould be so condent of the peace-preserving effects of democracy that theywould no longer fear that another state so long as it remained democraticwould do it wrong The guarantee of the statersquos proper external behaviorwould derive from its admirable internal qualities

This is a conclusion that Kant would not sustain German historians at theturn of the nineteenth century wondered whether peacefully inclined statescould be planted and expected to grow where dangers from outside presseddaily upon them9 Kant a century earlier entertained the same worry The

8 Francis Fukuyama The End of History and the Last Man (New York Free Press 1992) pp 254ndash256Russett Grasping the Democratic Peace p 249 For example Leopold von Ranke Gerhard Ritter and Otto Hintze The American WilliamGraham Sumner and many others shared their doubts

International Security 251 8

seventh proposition of his rdquoPrinciples of the Political Orderldquo avers that estab-lishment of the proper constitution internally requires the proper ordering ofthe external relations of states The rst duty of the state is to defend itselfand outside of a juridical order none but the state itself can dene the actionsrequired rdquoLesion of a less powerful countryldquo Kant writes rdquomay be involvedmerely in the condition of a more powerful neighbor prior to any action at alland in the State of Nature an attack under such circumstances would bewarrantableldquo 10 In the state of nature there is no such thing as an unjust war

Every student of international politics is aware of the statistical data sup-porting the democratic peace thesis Everyone has also known at least sinceDavid Hume that we have no reason to believe that the association of eventsprovides a basis for inferring the presence of a causal relation John Muellerproperly speculates that it is not democracy that causes peace but that otherconditions cause both democracy and peace11 Some of the major democra-ciesmdashBritain in the nineteenth century and the United States in the twentiethcenturymdashhave been among the most powerful states of their eras Powerfulstates often gain their ends by peaceful means where weaker states either failor have to resort to war12 Thus the American government deemed the demo-cratically elected Juan Bosch of the Dominican Republic too weak to bringorder to his country The United States toppled his government by sending23000 troops within a week troops whose mere presence made ghting a warunnecessary Salvador Allende democratically elected ruler of Chile was sys-tematically and effectively undermined by the United States without the openuse of force because its leaders thought that his government was taking awrong turn As Henry Kissinger put it rdquoI donrsquot see why we need to stand byand watch a country go Communist due to the irresponsibility of its ownpeopleldquo13 That is the way it is with democraciesmdashtheir people may show badjudgment rdquoWaywardldquo democracies are especially tempting objects of interven-tion by other democracies that wish to save them American policy may havebeen wise in both cases but its actions surely cast doubt on the democraticpeace thesis So do the instances when a democracy did ght another democ-

10 Immanuel Kant The Philosophy of Law trans W Hastie (Edinburgh T and T Clark 1887)p 21811 John Mueller ldquoIs War Still Becoming Obsoleterdquo paper presented at the annual meeting of theAmerican Political Science Association Washington DC AugustndashSeptember 1991 pp 55ff cf hisQuiet Cataclysm Reections on the Recent Transformation of World Politics (New York HarperCollins1995)12 Edward Hallett Carr Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis An Introduction to the Study of International Relations2d ed (New York Harper and Row 1946) pp 129ndash13213 Quoted in Anthony Lewis ldquoThe Kissinger Doctrinerdquo New York Times February 27 1975 p 35and see Henry Kissinger The White House Years (Boston Little Brown 1979) chap 17

Structural Realism after the Cold War 9

racy14 So do the instances in which democratically elected legislatures haveclamored for war as has happened for example in Pakistan and Jordan

One can of course say yes but the Dominican Republic and Chile were notliberal democracies nor perceived as such by the United States Once onebegins to go down that road there is no place to stop The problem is height-ened because liberal democracies as they prepare for a war they may fearbegin to look less liberal and will look less liberal still if they begin to ghtone I am tempted to say that the democratic peace thesis in the form in whichits proponents cast it is irrefutable A liberal democracy at war with anothercountry is unlikely to call it a liberal democracy

Democracies may live at peace with democracies but even if all statesbecame democratic the structure of international politics would remain anar-chic The structure of international politics is not transformed by changesinternal to states however widespread the changes may be In the absence ofan external authority a state cannot be sure that todayrsquos friend will not betomorrowrsquos enemy Indeed democracies have at times behaved as thoughtodayrsquos democracy is todayrsquos enemy and a present threat to them In FederalistPaper number six Alexander Hamilton asked whether the thirteen states ofthe Confederacy might live peacefully with one another as freely constitutedrepublics He answered that there have been rdquoalmost as many popular as royalwarsldquo He cited the many wars fought by republican Sparta Athens RomeCarthage Venice Holland and Britain John Quincy Adams in response toJames Monroersquos contrary claim averred rdquothat the government of a Republicwas as capable of intriguing with the leaders of a free people as neighbor-ing monarchsldquo15 In the latter half of the nineteenth century as the UnitedStates and Britain became more democratic bitterness grew between themand the possibility of war was at times seriously entertained on both sidesof the Atlantic France and Britain were among the principal adversaries inthe great power politics of the nineteenth century as they were earlierTheir becoming democracies did not change their behavior toward eachother In 1914 democratic England and France fought democratic Germanyand doubts about the latterrsquos democratic standing merely illustrate the prob-lem of denition Indeed the democratic pluralism of Germany was an under-lying cause of the war In response to domestic interests Germany followed

14 See for example Kenneth N Waltz ldquoAmerica as Model for the World A Foreign PolicyPerspectiverdquo PS Political Science and Politics Vol 24 No 4 (December 1991) and Mueller ldquoIs WarStill Becoming Obsoleterdquo p 515 Quoted in Walter A McDougall Promised Land Crusader State (Boston Houghton Mifin1997) p 28 and n 36

International Security 251 10

policies bound to frighten both Britain and Russia And today if a war that afew have feared were fought by the United States and Japan many Americanswould say that Japan was not a democracy after all but merely a one-partystate

What can we conclude Democracies rarely ght democracies we might sayand then add as a word of essential caution that the internal excellence of statesis a brittle basis of peace

democratic warsDemocracies coexist with undemocratic states Although democracies seldomght democracies they do as Michael Doyle has noted ght at least their shareof wars against others16 Citizens of democratic states tend to think of theircountries as good aside from what they do simply because they are demo-cratic Thus former Secretary of State Warren Christopher claimed that rdquodemo-cratic nations rarely start wars or threaten their neighborsldquo17 One mightsuggest that he try his proposition out in Central or South America Citizensof democratic states also tend to think of undemocratic states as bad asidefrom what they do simply because they are undemocratic Democracies pro-mote war because they at times decide that the way to preserve peace is todefeat nondemocratic states and make them democratic

During World War I Walter Hines Page American ambassador to Englandclaimed that there rdquois no security in any part of the world where people cannotthink of a government without a king and never will beldquo During the VietnamWar Secretary of State Dean Rusk claimed that the rdquoUnited States cannot besecure until the total international environment is ideologically safeldquo18 Policiesaside the very existence of undemocratic states is a danger to others Americanpolitical and intellectual leaders have often taken this view Liberal interven-tionism is again on the march President Bill Clinton and his national securityadviser Anthony Lake urged the United States to take measures to enhancedemocracy around the world The task one fears will be taken up by theAmerican military with some enthusiasm Former Army Chief of Staff GeneralGordon Sullivan for example favored a new military rdquomodelldquo replacing thenegative aim of containment with a positive one rdquoTo promote democracy

16 Doyle ldquoKant Liberal Legacies and Foreign Affairs Part 2rdquo p 33717 Warren Christopher ldquoThe US-Japan Relationship The Responsibility to Changerdquo address tothe Japan Association of Corporate Executives Tokyo Japan March 11 1994 (US Department ofState Bureau of Public Affairs Ofce of Public Communication) p 318 Page quoted in Waltz Man the State and War A Theoretical Analysis (New York ColumbiaUniversity Press 1959) p 121 Rusk quoted in Layne ldquoKant or Cantrdquo p 46

Structural Realism after the Cold War 11

regional stability and economic prosperityldquo19 Other voices urge us to enterinto a rdquostruggle to ensure that people are governed wellldquo Having apparentlysolved the problem of justice at home rdquothe struggle for liberal governmentbecomes a struggle not simply for justice but for survivalldquo20 As RH Tawneysaid rdquoEither war is a crusade or it is a crimeldquo21 Crusades are frighteningbecause crusaders go to war for righteous causes which they dene forthemselves and try to impose on others One might have hoped that Americanswould have learned that they are not very good at causing democracy abroadBut alas if the world can be made safe for democracy only by making itdemocratic then all means are permitted and to use them becomes a duty Thewar fervor of people and their representatives is at times hard to contain ThusHans Morgenthau believed that rdquothe democratic selection and responsibilityof government ofcials destroyed international morality as an effective systemof restraintldquo22

Since as Kant believed war among self-directed states will occasionallybreak out peace has to be contrived For any government doing so is a difculttask and all states are at times decient in accomplishing it even if they wishto Democratic leaders may respond to the fervor for war that their citizenssometimes display or even try to arouse it and governments are sometimesconstrained by electoral calculations to defer preventive measures Thus BritishPrime Minister Stanley Baldwin said that if he had called in 1935 for Britishrearmament against the German threat his party would have lost the nextelection23 Democratic governments may respond to internal political impera-tives when they should be responding to external ones All governments havetheir faults democracies no doubt fewer than others but that is not goodenough to sustain the democratic peace thesis

That peace may prevail among democratic states is a comforting thoughtThe obverse of the propositionmdashthat democracy may promote war againstundemocratic statesmdashis disturbing If the latter holds we cannot even say forsure that the spread of democracy will bring a net decrease in the amount ofwar in the world

19 Quoted in Clemson G Turregano and Ricky Lynn Waddell ldquoFrom Paradigm to Paradigm ShiftThe Military and Operations Other than Warrdquo Journal of Political Science Vol 22 (1994) p 1520 Peter Beinart ldquoThe Return of the Bombrdquo New Republic August 3 1998 p 2721 Quoted in Michael Straight Make This the Last War (New York GP Putnamrsquos Sons 1945) p 122 Hans J Morgenthau Politics among Nations The Struggle for Power and Peace 5th ed (New YorkKnopf 1973) p 24823 Gordon Craig and Alexander George Force and Statecraft Diplomatic Problems of Our Time 2ded (New York Oxford University Press 1990) p 64

International Security 251 12

With a republic established in a strong state Kant hoped the republican formwould gradually take hold in the world In 1795 America provided the hopeTwo hundred years later remarkably it still does Ever since liberals rstexpressed their views they have been divided Some have urged liberal statesto work to uplift benighted peoples and bring the benets of liberty justiceand prosperity to them John Stuart Mill Giuseppe Mazzini Woodrow Wilsonand Bill Clinton are all interventionist liberals Other liberals Kant and RichardCobden for example while agreeing on the benets that democracy can bringto the world have emphasized the difculties and the dangers of activelyseeking its propagation

If the world is now safe for democracy one has to wonder whether democ-racy is safe for the world When democracy is ascendant a condition that inthe twentieth century attended the winning of hot wars and cold ones theinterventionist spirit ourishes The effect is heightened when one democraticstate becomes dominant as the United States is now Peace is the noblest causeof war If the conditions of peace are lacking then the country with a capabilityof creating them may be tempted to do so whether or not by force The endis noble but as a matter of right Kant insists no state can intervene in theinternal arrangements of another As a matter of fact one may notice thatintervention even for worthy ends often brings more harm than good Thevice to which great powers easily succumb in a multipolar world is inattentionin a bipolar world overreaction in a unipolar world overextention

Peace is maintained by a delicate balance of internal and external restraintsStates having a surplus of power are tempted to use it and weaker states feartheir doing so The laws of voluntary federations to use Kantrsquos language aredisregarded at the whim of the stronger as the United States demonstrated adecade ago by mining Nicaraguan waters and by invading Panama In bothcases the United States blatantly violated international law In the rst itdenied the jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice which it hadpreviously accepted In the second it aunted the law embodied in the Charterof the Organization of American States of which it was a principal sponsor

If the democratic peace thesis is right structural realist theory is wrong Onemay believe with Kant that republics are by and large good states and thatunbalanced power is a danger no matter who wields it Inside of as well asoutside of the circle of democratic states peace depends on a precariousbalance of forces The causes of war lie not simply in states or in the statesystem they are found in both Kant understood this Devotees of the demo-cratic peace thesis overlook it

Structural Realism after the Cold War 13

The Weak Effects of Interdependence

If not democracy alone may not the spread of democracy combined with thetightening of national interdependence fulll the prescription for peace offeredby nineteenth-century liberals and so often repeated today24 To the suppos-edly peaceful inclination of democracies interdependence adds the propulsivepower of the prot motive Democratic states may increasingly devote them-selves to the pursuit of peace and prots The trading state is replacing thepolitical-military state and the power of the market now rivals or surpassesthe power of the state or so some believe25

Before World War I Norman Angell believed that wars would not be foughtbecause they would not pay yet Germany and Britain each other rsquos second-best customers fought a long and bloody war26 Interdependence in some wayspromotes peace by multiplying contacts among states and contributing tomutual understanding It also multiplies the occasions for conicts that maypromote resentment and even war27 Close interdependence is a condition inwhich one party can scarcely move without jostling others a small pushripples through society The closer the social bonds the more extreme the effectbecomes and one cannot sensibly pursue an interest without taking othersrsquointerests into account One country is then inclined to treat another countryrsquosacts as events within its own polity and to attempt to control them

That interdependence promotes war as well as peace has been said oftenenough What requires emphasis is that either way among the forces thatshape international politics interdependence is a weak one Interdependencewithin modern states is much closer than it is across states The Soviet economywas planned so that its far-ung parts would be not just interdependent butintegrated Huge factories depended for their output on products exchanged

24 Strongly afrmative answers are given by John R Oneal and Bruce Russett ldquoAssessing theLiberal Peace with Alternative Specications Trade Still Reduces Conictrdquo Journal of Peace ResearchVol 36 No 4 (July 1999) pp 423ndash442 and Russett Oneal and David R Davis ldquoThe Third Legof the Kantian Tripod for Peace International Organizations and Militarized Disputes 1950ndash85rdquoInternational Organization Vol 52 No 3 (Summer 1998) pp 441ndash46725 Richard Rosecrance The Rise of the Trading State Commerce and Coalitions in the Modern World(New York Basic Books 1986) and at times Susan Strange The Retreat of the State The Diffusion ofPower in the World Economy (New York Cambridge University Press 1996)26 Norman Angell The Great Illusion 4th rev and enlarged ed (New York Putnamrsquos 1913)27 Katherine Barbieri ldquoEconomic Interdependence A Path to Peace or a Source of InterstateConictrdquo Journal of Peace Research Vol 33 No 1 (February 1996) Lawrence Keely War beforeCivilization The Myth of the Peaceful Savage (New York Oxford University Press 1996) p 196 showsthat with increases of trade and intermarriage among tribes war became more frequent

International Security 251 14

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 3: Waltz Structural Realism

in the study of international relationsrdquo3 But if it is true that democracies restreliably at peace among themselves we have not a theory but a purported factbegging for an explanation as facts do The explanation given generally runsthis way Democracies of the right kind (ie liberal ones) are peaceful inrelation to one another This was Immanuel Kantrsquos point The term he usedwas Rechtsstaat or republic and his denition of a republic was so restrictivethat it was hard to believe that even one of them could come into existencelet alone two or more4 And if they did who can say that they would continueto be of the right sort or continue to be democracies at all The short and sadlife of the Weimar Republic is a reminder And how does one dene what theright sort of democracy is Some American scholars thought that WilhelmineGermany was the very model of a modern democratic state with a widesuffrage honest elections a legislature that controlled the purse competitiveparties a free press and a highly competent bureaucracy5 But in the FrenchBritish and American view after August of 1914 Germany turned out not tobe a democracy of the right kind John Owen tried to nesse the problem ofdenition by arguing that democracies that perceive one another to be liberaldemocracies will not ght6 That rather gives the game away Liberal democ-racies have at times prepared for wars against other liberal democracies andhave sometimes come close to ghting them Christopher Layne shows thatsome wars between democracies were averted not because of the reluctance ofdemocracies to ght each other but for fear of a third partymdasha good realistreason How for example could Britain and France ght each other overFashoda in 1898 when Germany lurked in the background In emphasizingthe international political reasons for democracies not ghting each otherLayne gets to the heart of the matter7 Conformity of countries to a prescribed

3 Francis Fukuyama ldquoLiberal Democracy as a Global Phenomenonrdquo Political Science and PoliticsVol 24 No 4 (1991) p 662 Jack S Levy ldquoDomestic Politics and Warrdquo in Robert I Rotberg andTheodore K Rabb eds The Origin and Prevention of Major Wars (Cambridge Cambridge UniversityPress 1989) p 884 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoKant Liberalism and Warrdquo American Political Science Review Vol 56 No 2(June 1962) Subsequent Kant references are found in this work5 Ido Oren ldquoThe Subjectivity of the lsquoDemocraticrsquo Peace Changing US Perceptions of ImperialGermanyrdquo International Security Vol 20 No 2 (Fall 1995) pp 157ff Christopher Layne in thesecond half of Layne and Sean M Lynn-Jones Should America Spread Democracy A Debate (Cam-bridge Mass MIT Press forthcoming) argues convincingly that Germanyrsquos democratic control offoreign and military policy was no weaker than Francersquos or Britainrsquos6 John M Owen ldquoHow Liberalism Produces Democratic Peacerdquo International Security Vol 19No 2 (Fall 1994) pp 87ndash125 Cf his Liberal Peace Liberal War American Politics and InternationalSecurity (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997)7 Christopher Layne ldquoKant or Cant The Myth of the Democratic Peacerdquo International SecurityVol 19 No 2 (Fall 1994) pp 5ndash49

Structural Realism after the Cold War 7

political form may eliminate some of the causes of war it cannot eliminate allof them The democratic peace thesis will hold only if all of the causes of warlie inside of states

the causes of warTo explain war is easier than to understand the conditions of peace If one askswhat may cause war the simple answer is rdquoanythingldquo That is Kantrsquos answerThe natural state is the state of war Under the conditions of internationalpolitics war recurs the sure way to abolish war then is to abolish interna-tional politics

Over the centuries liberals have shown a strong desire to get the politics outof politics The ideal of nineteenth-century liberals was the police state that isthe state that would conne its activities to catching criminals and enforcingcontracts The ideal of the laissez-faire state nds many counterparts amongstudents of international politics with their yen to get the power out of powerpolitics the national out of international politics the dependence out of inter-dependence the relative out of relative gains the politics out of internationalpolitics and the structure out of structural theory

Proponents of the democratic peace thesis write as though the spread ofdemocracy will negate the effects of anarchy No causes of conict and warwill any longer be found at the structural level Francis Fukuyama nds itrdquoperfectly possible to imagine anarchic state systems that are nonethelesspeacefulldquo He sees no reason to associate anarchy with war Bruce Russettbelieves that with enough democracies in the world it ldquomay be possible inpart to supersede the lsquorealistrsquo principles (anarchy the security dilemma ofstates) that have dominated practice since at least the seventeenth cen-turyrdquo8 Thus the structure is removed from structural theory Democratic stateswould be so condent of the peace-preserving effects of democracy that theywould no longer fear that another state so long as it remained democraticwould do it wrong The guarantee of the statersquos proper external behaviorwould derive from its admirable internal qualities

This is a conclusion that Kant would not sustain German historians at theturn of the nineteenth century wondered whether peacefully inclined statescould be planted and expected to grow where dangers from outside presseddaily upon them9 Kant a century earlier entertained the same worry The

8 Francis Fukuyama The End of History and the Last Man (New York Free Press 1992) pp 254ndash256Russett Grasping the Democratic Peace p 249 For example Leopold von Ranke Gerhard Ritter and Otto Hintze The American WilliamGraham Sumner and many others shared their doubts

International Security 251 8

seventh proposition of his rdquoPrinciples of the Political Orderldquo avers that estab-lishment of the proper constitution internally requires the proper ordering ofthe external relations of states The rst duty of the state is to defend itselfand outside of a juridical order none but the state itself can dene the actionsrequired rdquoLesion of a less powerful countryldquo Kant writes rdquomay be involvedmerely in the condition of a more powerful neighbor prior to any action at alland in the State of Nature an attack under such circumstances would bewarrantableldquo 10 In the state of nature there is no such thing as an unjust war

Every student of international politics is aware of the statistical data sup-porting the democratic peace thesis Everyone has also known at least sinceDavid Hume that we have no reason to believe that the association of eventsprovides a basis for inferring the presence of a causal relation John Muellerproperly speculates that it is not democracy that causes peace but that otherconditions cause both democracy and peace11 Some of the major democra-ciesmdashBritain in the nineteenth century and the United States in the twentiethcenturymdashhave been among the most powerful states of their eras Powerfulstates often gain their ends by peaceful means where weaker states either failor have to resort to war12 Thus the American government deemed the demo-cratically elected Juan Bosch of the Dominican Republic too weak to bringorder to his country The United States toppled his government by sending23000 troops within a week troops whose mere presence made ghting a warunnecessary Salvador Allende democratically elected ruler of Chile was sys-tematically and effectively undermined by the United States without the openuse of force because its leaders thought that his government was taking awrong turn As Henry Kissinger put it rdquoI donrsquot see why we need to stand byand watch a country go Communist due to the irresponsibility of its ownpeopleldquo13 That is the way it is with democraciesmdashtheir people may show badjudgment rdquoWaywardldquo democracies are especially tempting objects of interven-tion by other democracies that wish to save them American policy may havebeen wise in both cases but its actions surely cast doubt on the democraticpeace thesis So do the instances when a democracy did ght another democ-

10 Immanuel Kant The Philosophy of Law trans W Hastie (Edinburgh T and T Clark 1887)p 21811 John Mueller ldquoIs War Still Becoming Obsoleterdquo paper presented at the annual meeting of theAmerican Political Science Association Washington DC AugustndashSeptember 1991 pp 55ff cf hisQuiet Cataclysm Reections on the Recent Transformation of World Politics (New York HarperCollins1995)12 Edward Hallett Carr Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis An Introduction to the Study of International Relations2d ed (New York Harper and Row 1946) pp 129ndash13213 Quoted in Anthony Lewis ldquoThe Kissinger Doctrinerdquo New York Times February 27 1975 p 35and see Henry Kissinger The White House Years (Boston Little Brown 1979) chap 17

Structural Realism after the Cold War 9

racy14 So do the instances in which democratically elected legislatures haveclamored for war as has happened for example in Pakistan and Jordan

One can of course say yes but the Dominican Republic and Chile were notliberal democracies nor perceived as such by the United States Once onebegins to go down that road there is no place to stop The problem is height-ened because liberal democracies as they prepare for a war they may fearbegin to look less liberal and will look less liberal still if they begin to ghtone I am tempted to say that the democratic peace thesis in the form in whichits proponents cast it is irrefutable A liberal democracy at war with anothercountry is unlikely to call it a liberal democracy

Democracies may live at peace with democracies but even if all statesbecame democratic the structure of international politics would remain anar-chic The structure of international politics is not transformed by changesinternal to states however widespread the changes may be In the absence ofan external authority a state cannot be sure that todayrsquos friend will not betomorrowrsquos enemy Indeed democracies have at times behaved as thoughtodayrsquos democracy is todayrsquos enemy and a present threat to them In FederalistPaper number six Alexander Hamilton asked whether the thirteen states ofthe Confederacy might live peacefully with one another as freely constitutedrepublics He answered that there have been rdquoalmost as many popular as royalwarsldquo He cited the many wars fought by republican Sparta Athens RomeCarthage Venice Holland and Britain John Quincy Adams in response toJames Monroersquos contrary claim averred rdquothat the government of a Republicwas as capable of intriguing with the leaders of a free people as neighbor-ing monarchsldquo15 In the latter half of the nineteenth century as the UnitedStates and Britain became more democratic bitterness grew between themand the possibility of war was at times seriously entertained on both sidesof the Atlantic France and Britain were among the principal adversaries inthe great power politics of the nineteenth century as they were earlierTheir becoming democracies did not change their behavior toward eachother In 1914 democratic England and France fought democratic Germanyand doubts about the latterrsquos democratic standing merely illustrate the prob-lem of denition Indeed the democratic pluralism of Germany was an under-lying cause of the war In response to domestic interests Germany followed

14 See for example Kenneth N Waltz ldquoAmerica as Model for the World A Foreign PolicyPerspectiverdquo PS Political Science and Politics Vol 24 No 4 (December 1991) and Mueller ldquoIs WarStill Becoming Obsoleterdquo p 515 Quoted in Walter A McDougall Promised Land Crusader State (Boston Houghton Mifin1997) p 28 and n 36

International Security 251 10

policies bound to frighten both Britain and Russia And today if a war that afew have feared were fought by the United States and Japan many Americanswould say that Japan was not a democracy after all but merely a one-partystate

What can we conclude Democracies rarely ght democracies we might sayand then add as a word of essential caution that the internal excellence of statesis a brittle basis of peace

democratic warsDemocracies coexist with undemocratic states Although democracies seldomght democracies they do as Michael Doyle has noted ght at least their shareof wars against others16 Citizens of democratic states tend to think of theircountries as good aside from what they do simply because they are demo-cratic Thus former Secretary of State Warren Christopher claimed that rdquodemo-cratic nations rarely start wars or threaten their neighborsldquo17 One mightsuggest that he try his proposition out in Central or South America Citizensof democratic states also tend to think of undemocratic states as bad asidefrom what they do simply because they are undemocratic Democracies pro-mote war because they at times decide that the way to preserve peace is todefeat nondemocratic states and make them democratic

During World War I Walter Hines Page American ambassador to Englandclaimed that there rdquois no security in any part of the world where people cannotthink of a government without a king and never will beldquo During the VietnamWar Secretary of State Dean Rusk claimed that the rdquoUnited States cannot besecure until the total international environment is ideologically safeldquo18 Policiesaside the very existence of undemocratic states is a danger to others Americanpolitical and intellectual leaders have often taken this view Liberal interven-tionism is again on the march President Bill Clinton and his national securityadviser Anthony Lake urged the United States to take measures to enhancedemocracy around the world The task one fears will be taken up by theAmerican military with some enthusiasm Former Army Chief of Staff GeneralGordon Sullivan for example favored a new military rdquomodelldquo replacing thenegative aim of containment with a positive one rdquoTo promote democracy

16 Doyle ldquoKant Liberal Legacies and Foreign Affairs Part 2rdquo p 33717 Warren Christopher ldquoThe US-Japan Relationship The Responsibility to Changerdquo address tothe Japan Association of Corporate Executives Tokyo Japan March 11 1994 (US Department ofState Bureau of Public Affairs Ofce of Public Communication) p 318 Page quoted in Waltz Man the State and War A Theoretical Analysis (New York ColumbiaUniversity Press 1959) p 121 Rusk quoted in Layne ldquoKant or Cantrdquo p 46

Structural Realism after the Cold War 11

regional stability and economic prosperityldquo19 Other voices urge us to enterinto a rdquostruggle to ensure that people are governed wellldquo Having apparentlysolved the problem of justice at home rdquothe struggle for liberal governmentbecomes a struggle not simply for justice but for survivalldquo20 As RH Tawneysaid rdquoEither war is a crusade or it is a crimeldquo21 Crusades are frighteningbecause crusaders go to war for righteous causes which they dene forthemselves and try to impose on others One might have hoped that Americanswould have learned that they are not very good at causing democracy abroadBut alas if the world can be made safe for democracy only by making itdemocratic then all means are permitted and to use them becomes a duty Thewar fervor of people and their representatives is at times hard to contain ThusHans Morgenthau believed that rdquothe democratic selection and responsibilityof government ofcials destroyed international morality as an effective systemof restraintldquo22

Since as Kant believed war among self-directed states will occasionallybreak out peace has to be contrived For any government doing so is a difculttask and all states are at times decient in accomplishing it even if they wishto Democratic leaders may respond to the fervor for war that their citizenssometimes display or even try to arouse it and governments are sometimesconstrained by electoral calculations to defer preventive measures Thus BritishPrime Minister Stanley Baldwin said that if he had called in 1935 for Britishrearmament against the German threat his party would have lost the nextelection23 Democratic governments may respond to internal political impera-tives when they should be responding to external ones All governments havetheir faults democracies no doubt fewer than others but that is not goodenough to sustain the democratic peace thesis

That peace may prevail among democratic states is a comforting thoughtThe obverse of the propositionmdashthat democracy may promote war againstundemocratic statesmdashis disturbing If the latter holds we cannot even say forsure that the spread of democracy will bring a net decrease in the amount ofwar in the world

19 Quoted in Clemson G Turregano and Ricky Lynn Waddell ldquoFrom Paradigm to Paradigm ShiftThe Military and Operations Other than Warrdquo Journal of Political Science Vol 22 (1994) p 1520 Peter Beinart ldquoThe Return of the Bombrdquo New Republic August 3 1998 p 2721 Quoted in Michael Straight Make This the Last War (New York GP Putnamrsquos Sons 1945) p 122 Hans J Morgenthau Politics among Nations The Struggle for Power and Peace 5th ed (New YorkKnopf 1973) p 24823 Gordon Craig and Alexander George Force and Statecraft Diplomatic Problems of Our Time 2ded (New York Oxford University Press 1990) p 64

International Security 251 12

With a republic established in a strong state Kant hoped the republican formwould gradually take hold in the world In 1795 America provided the hopeTwo hundred years later remarkably it still does Ever since liberals rstexpressed their views they have been divided Some have urged liberal statesto work to uplift benighted peoples and bring the benets of liberty justiceand prosperity to them John Stuart Mill Giuseppe Mazzini Woodrow Wilsonand Bill Clinton are all interventionist liberals Other liberals Kant and RichardCobden for example while agreeing on the benets that democracy can bringto the world have emphasized the difculties and the dangers of activelyseeking its propagation

If the world is now safe for democracy one has to wonder whether democ-racy is safe for the world When democracy is ascendant a condition that inthe twentieth century attended the winning of hot wars and cold ones theinterventionist spirit ourishes The effect is heightened when one democraticstate becomes dominant as the United States is now Peace is the noblest causeof war If the conditions of peace are lacking then the country with a capabilityof creating them may be tempted to do so whether or not by force The endis noble but as a matter of right Kant insists no state can intervene in theinternal arrangements of another As a matter of fact one may notice thatintervention even for worthy ends often brings more harm than good Thevice to which great powers easily succumb in a multipolar world is inattentionin a bipolar world overreaction in a unipolar world overextention

Peace is maintained by a delicate balance of internal and external restraintsStates having a surplus of power are tempted to use it and weaker states feartheir doing so The laws of voluntary federations to use Kantrsquos language aredisregarded at the whim of the stronger as the United States demonstrated adecade ago by mining Nicaraguan waters and by invading Panama In bothcases the United States blatantly violated international law In the rst itdenied the jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice which it hadpreviously accepted In the second it aunted the law embodied in the Charterof the Organization of American States of which it was a principal sponsor

If the democratic peace thesis is right structural realist theory is wrong Onemay believe with Kant that republics are by and large good states and thatunbalanced power is a danger no matter who wields it Inside of as well asoutside of the circle of democratic states peace depends on a precariousbalance of forces The causes of war lie not simply in states or in the statesystem they are found in both Kant understood this Devotees of the demo-cratic peace thesis overlook it

Structural Realism after the Cold War 13

The Weak Effects of Interdependence

If not democracy alone may not the spread of democracy combined with thetightening of national interdependence fulll the prescription for peace offeredby nineteenth-century liberals and so often repeated today24 To the suppos-edly peaceful inclination of democracies interdependence adds the propulsivepower of the prot motive Democratic states may increasingly devote them-selves to the pursuit of peace and prots The trading state is replacing thepolitical-military state and the power of the market now rivals or surpassesthe power of the state or so some believe25

Before World War I Norman Angell believed that wars would not be foughtbecause they would not pay yet Germany and Britain each other rsquos second-best customers fought a long and bloody war26 Interdependence in some wayspromotes peace by multiplying contacts among states and contributing tomutual understanding It also multiplies the occasions for conicts that maypromote resentment and even war27 Close interdependence is a condition inwhich one party can scarcely move without jostling others a small pushripples through society The closer the social bonds the more extreme the effectbecomes and one cannot sensibly pursue an interest without taking othersrsquointerests into account One country is then inclined to treat another countryrsquosacts as events within its own polity and to attempt to control them

That interdependence promotes war as well as peace has been said oftenenough What requires emphasis is that either way among the forces thatshape international politics interdependence is a weak one Interdependencewithin modern states is much closer than it is across states The Soviet economywas planned so that its far-ung parts would be not just interdependent butintegrated Huge factories depended for their output on products exchanged

24 Strongly afrmative answers are given by John R Oneal and Bruce Russett ldquoAssessing theLiberal Peace with Alternative Specications Trade Still Reduces Conictrdquo Journal of Peace ResearchVol 36 No 4 (July 1999) pp 423ndash442 and Russett Oneal and David R Davis ldquoThe Third Legof the Kantian Tripod for Peace International Organizations and Militarized Disputes 1950ndash85rdquoInternational Organization Vol 52 No 3 (Summer 1998) pp 441ndash46725 Richard Rosecrance The Rise of the Trading State Commerce and Coalitions in the Modern World(New York Basic Books 1986) and at times Susan Strange The Retreat of the State The Diffusion ofPower in the World Economy (New York Cambridge University Press 1996)26 Norman Angell The Great Illusion 4th rev and enlarged ed (New York Putnamrsquos 1913)27 Katherine Barbieri ldquoEconomic Interdependence A Path to Peace or a Source of InterstateConictrdquo Journal of Peace Research Vol 33 No 1 (February 1996) Lawrence Keely War beforeCivilization The Myth of the Peaceful Savage (New York Oxford University Press 1996) p 196 showsthat with increases of trade and intermarriage among tribes war became more frequent

International Security 251 14

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 4: Waltz Structural Realism

political form may eliminate some of the causes of war it cannot eliminate allof them The democratic peace thesis will hold only if all of the causes of warlie inside of states

the causes of warTo explain war is easier than to understand the conditions of peace If one askswhat may cause war the simple answer is rdquoanythingldquo That is Kantrsquos answerThe natural state is the state of war Under the conditions of internationalpolitics war recurs the sure way to abolish war then is to abolish interna-tional politics

Over the centuries liberals have shown a strong desire to get the politics outof politics The ideal of nineteenth-century liberals was the police state that isthe state that would conne its activities to catching criminals and enforcingcontracts The ideal of the laissez-faire state nds many counterparts amongstudents of international politics with their yen to get the power out of powerpolitics the national out of international politics the dependence out of inter-dependence the relative out of relative gains the politics out of internationalpolitics and the structure out of structural theory

Proponents of the democratic peace thesis write as though the spread ofdemocracy will negate the effects of anarchy No causes of conict and warwill any longer be found at the structural level Francis Fukuyama nds itrdquoperfectly possible to imagine anarchic state systems that are nonethelesspeacefulldquo He sees no reason to associate anarchy with war Bruce Russettbelieves that with enough democracies in the world it ldquomay be possible inpart to supersede the lsquorealistrsquo principles (anarchy the security dilemma ofstates) that have dominated practice since at least the seventeenth cen-turyrdquo8 Thus the structure is removed from structural theory Democratic stateswould be so condent of the peace-preserving effects of democracy that theywould no longer fear that another state so long as it remained democraticwould do it wrong The guarantee of the statersquos proper external behaviorwould derive from its admirable internal qualities

This is a conclusion that Kant would not sustain German historians at theturn of the nineteenth century wondered whether peacefully inclined statescould be planted and expected to grow where dangers from outside presseddaily upon them9 Kant a century earlier entertained the same worry The

8 Francis Fukuyama The End of History and the Last Man (New York Free Press 1992) pp 254ndash256Russett Grasping the Democratic Peace p 249 For example Leopold von Ranke Gerhard Ritter and Otto Hintze The American WilliamGraham Sumner and many others shared their doubts

International Security 251 8

seventh proposition of his rdquoPrinciples of the Political Orderldquo avers that estab-lishment of the proper constitution internally requires the proper ordering ofthe external relations of states The rst duty of the state is to defend itselfand outside of a juridical order none but the state itself can dene the actionsrequired rdquoLesion of a less powerful countryldquo Kant writes rdquomay be involvedmerely in the condition of a more powerful neighbor prior to any action at alland in the State of Nature an attack under such circumstances would bewarrantableldquo 10 In the state of nature there is no such thing as an unjust war

Every student of international politics is aware of the statistical data sup-porting the democratic peace thesis Everyone has also known at least sinceDavid Hume that we have no reason to believe that the association of eventsprovides a basis for inferring the presence of a causal relation John Muellerproperly speculates that it is not democracy that causes peace but that otherconditions cause both democracy and peace11 Some of the major democra-ciesmdashBritain in the nineteenth century and the United States in the twentiethcenturymdashhave been among the most powerful states of their eras Powerfulstates often gain their ends by peaceful means where weaker states either failor have to resort to war12 Thus the American government deemed the demo-cratically elected Juan Bosch of the Dominican Republic too weak to bringorder to his country The United States toppled his government by sending23000 troops within a week troops whose mere presence made ghting a warunnecessary Salvador Allende democratically elected ruler of Chile was sys-tematically and effectively undermined by the United States without the openuse of force because its leaders thought that his government was taking awrong turn As Henry Kissinger put it rdquoI donrsquot see why we need to stand byand watch a country go Communist due to the irresponsibility of its ownpeopleldquo13 That is the way it is with democraciesmdashtheir people may show badjudgment rdquoWaywardldquo democracies are especially tempting objects of interven-tion by other democracies that wish to save them American policy may havebeen wise in both cases but its actions surely cast doubt on the democraticpeace thesis So do the instances when a democracy did ght another democ-

10 Immanuel Kant The Philosophy of Law trans W Hastie (Edinburgh T and T Clark 1887)p 21811 John Mueller ldquoIs War Still Becoming Obsoleterdquo paper presented at the annual meeting of theAmerican Political Science Association Washington DC AugustndashSeptember 1991 pp 55ff cf hisQuiet Cataclysm Reections on the Recent Transformation of World Politics (New York HarperCollins1995)12 Edward Hallett Carr Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis An Introduction to the Study of International Relations2d ed (New York Harper and Row 1946) pp 129ndash13213 Quoted in Anthony Lewis ldquoThe Kissinger Doctrinerdquo New York Times February 27 1975 p 35and see Henry Kissinger The White House Years (Boston Little Brown 1979) chap 17

Structural Realism after the Cold War 9

racy14 So do the instances in which democratically elected legislatures haveclamored for war as has happened for example in Pakistan and Jordan

One can of course say yes but the Dominican Republic and Chile were notliberal democracies nor perceived as such by the United States Once onebegins to go down that road there is no place to stop The problem is height-ened because liberal democracies as they prepare for a war they may fearbegin to look less liberal and will look less liberal still if they begin to ghtone I am tempted to say that the democratic peace thesis in the form in whichits proponents cast it is irrefutable A liberal democracy at war with anothercountry is unlikely to call it a liberal democracy

Democracies may live at peace with democracies but even if all statesbecame democratic the structure of international politics would remain anar-chic The structure of international politics is not transformed by changesinternal to states however widespread the changes may be In the absence ofan external authority a state cannot be sure that todayrsquos friend will not betomorrowrsquos enemy Indeed democracies have at times behaved as thoughtodayrsquos democracy is todayrsquos enemy and a present threat to them In FederalistPaper number six Alexander Hamilton asked whether the thirteen states ofthe Confederacy might live peacefully with one another as freely constitutedrepublics He answered that there have been rdquoalmost as many popular as royalwarsldquo He cited the many wars fought by republican Sparta Athens RomeCarthage Venice Holland and Britain John Quincy Adams in response toJames Monroersquos contrary claim averred rdquothat the government of a Republicwas as capable of intriguing with the leaders of a free people as neighbor-ing monarchsldquo15 In the latter half of the nineteenth century as the UnitedStates and Britain became more democratic bitterness grew between themand the possibility of war was at times seriously entertained on both sidesof the Atlantic France and Britain were among the principal adversaries inthe great power politics of the nineteenth century as they were earlierTheir becoming democracies did not change their behavior toward eachother In 1914 democratic England and France fought democratic Germanyand doubts about the latterrsquos democratic standing merely illustrate the prob-lem of denition Indeed the democratic pluralism of Germany was an under-lying cause of the war In response to domestic interests Germany followed

14 See for example Kenneth N Waltz ldquoAmerica as Model for the World A Foreign PolicyPerspectiverdquo PS Political Science and Politics Vol 24 No 4 (December 1991) and Mueller ldquoIs WarStill Becoming Obsoleterdquo p 515 Quoted in Walter A McDougall Promised Land Crusader State (Boston Houghton Mifin1997) p 28 and n 36

International Security 251 10

policies bound to frighten both Britain and Russia And today if a war that afew have feared were fought by the United States and Japan many Americanswould say that Japan was not a democracy after all but merely a one-partystate

What can we conclude Democracies rarely ght democracies we might sayand then add as a word of essential caution that the internal excellence of statesis a brittle basis of peace

democratic warsDemocracies coexist with undemocratic states Although democracies seldomght democracies they do as Michael Doyle has noted ght at least their shareof wars against others16 Citizens of democratic states tend to think of theircountries as good aside from what they do simply because they are demo-cratic Thus former Secretary of State Warren Christopher claimed that rdquodemo-cratic nations rarely start wars or threaten their neighborsldquo17 One mightsuggest that he try his proposition out in Central or South America Citizensof democratic states also tend to think of undemocratic states as bad asidefrom what they do simply because they are undemocratic Democracies pro-mote war because they at times decide that the way to preserve peace is todefeat nondemocratic states and make them democratic

During World War I Walter Hines Page American ambassador to Englandclaimed that there rdquois no security in any part of the world where people cannotthink of a government without a king and never will beldquo During the VietnamWar Secretary of State Dean Rusk claimed that the rdquoUnited States cannot besecure until the total international environment is ideologically safeldquo18 Policiesaside the very existence of undemocratic states is a danger to others Americanpolitical and intellectual leaders have often taken this view Liberal interven-tionism is again on the march President Bill Clinton and his national securityadviser Anthony Lake urged the United States to take measures to enhancedemocracy around the world The task one fears will be taken up by theAmerican military with some enthusiasm Former Army Chief of Staff GeneralGordon Sullivan for example favored a new military rdquomodelldquo replacing thenegative aim of containment with a positive one rdquoTo promote democracy

16 Doyle ldquoKant Liberal Legacies and Foreign Affairs Part 2rdquo p 33717 Warren Christopher ldquoThe US-Japan Relationship The Responsibility to Changerdquo address tothe Japan Association of Corporate Executives Tokyo Japan March 11 1994 (US Department ofState Bureau of Public Affairs Ofce of Public Communication) p 318 Page quoted in Waltz Man the State and War A Theoretical Analysis (New York ColumbiaUniversity Press 1959) p 121 Rusk quoted in Layne ldquoKant or Cantrdquo p 46

Structural Realism after the Cold War 11

regional stability and economic prosperityldquo19 Other voices urge us to enterinto a rdquostruggle to ensure that people are governed wellldquo Having apparentlysolved the problem of justice at home rdquothe struggle for liberal governmentbecomes a struggle not simply for justice but for survivalldquo20 As RH Tawneysaid rdquoEither war is a crusade or it is a crimeldquo21 Crusades are frighteningbecause crusaders go to war for righteous causes which they dene forthemselves and try to impose on others One might have hoped that Americanswould have learned that they are not very good at causing democracy abroadBut alas if the world can be made safe for democracy only by making itdemocratic then all means are permitted and to use them becomes a duty Thewar fervor of people and their representatives is at times hard to contain ThusHans Morgenthau believed that rdquothe democratic selection and responsibilityof government ofcials destroyed international morality as an effective systemof restraintldquo22

Since as Kant believed war among self-directed states will occasionallybreak out peace has to be contrived For any government doing so is a difculttask and all states are at times decient in accomplishing it even if they wishto Democratic leaders may respond to the fervor for war that their citizenssometimes display or even try to arouse it and governments are sometimesconstrained by electoral calculations to defer preventive measures Thus BritishPrime Minister Stanley Baldwin said that if he had called in 1935 for Britishrearmament against the German threat his party would have lost the nextelection23 Democratic governments may respond to internal political impera-tives when they should be responding to external ones All governments havetheir faults democracies no doubt fewer than others but that is not goodenough to sustain the democratic peace thesis

That peace may prevail among democratic states is a comforting thoughtThe obverse of the propositionmdashthat democracy may promote war againstundemocratic statesmdashis disturbing If the latter holds we cannot even say forsure that the spread of democracy will bring a net decrease in the amount ofwar in the world

19 Quoted in Clemson G Turregano and Ricky Lynn Waddell ldquoFrom Paradigm to Paradigm ShiftThe Military and Operations Other than Warrdquo Journal of Political Science Vol 22 (1994) p 1520 Peter Beinart ldquoThe Return of the Bombrdquo New Republic August 3 1998 p 2721 Quoted in Michael Straight Make This the Last War (New York GP Putnamrsquos Sons 1945) p 122 Hans J Morgenthau Politics among Nations The Struggle for Power and Peace 5th ed (New YorkKnopf 1973) p 24823 Gordon Craig and Alexander George Force and Statecraft Diplomatic Problems of Our Time 2ded (New York Oxford University Press 1990) p 64

International Security 251 12

With a republic established in a strong state Kant hoped the republican formwould gradually take hold in the world In 1795 America provided the hopeTwo hundred years later remarkably it still does Ever since liberals rstexpressed their views they have been divided Some have urged liberal statesto work to uplift benighted peoples and bring the benets of liberty justiceand prosperity to them John Stuart Mill Giuseppe Mazzini Woodrow Wilsonand Bill Clinton are all interventionist liberals Other liberals Kant and RichardCobden for example while agreeing on the benets that democracy can bringto the world have emphasized the difculties and the dangers of activelyseeking its propagation

If the world is now safe for democracy one has to wonder whether democ-racy is safe for the world When democracy is ascendant a condition that inthe twentieth century attended the winning of hot wars and cold ones theinterventionist spirit ourishes The effect is heightened when one democraticstate becomes dominant as the United States is now Peace is the noblest causeof war If the conditions of peace are lacking then the country with a capabilityof creating them may be tempted to do so whether or not by force The endis noble but as a matter of right Kant insists no state can intervene in theinternal arrangements of another As a matter of fact one may notice thatintervention even for worthy ends often brings more harm than good Thevice to which great powers easily succumb in a multipolar world is inattentionin a bipolar world overreaction in a unipolar world overextention

Peace is maintained by a delicate balance of internal and external restraintsStates having a surplus of power are tempted to use it and weaker states feartheir doing so The laws of voluntary federations to use Kantrsquos language aredisregarded at the whim of the stronger as the United States demonstrated adecade ago by mining Nicaraguan waters and by invading Panama In bothcases the United States blatantly violated international law In the rst itdenied the jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice which it hadpreviously accepted In the second it aunted the law embodied in the Charterof the Organization of American States of which it was a principal sponsor

If the democratic peace thesis is right structural realist theory is wrong Onemay believe with Kant that republics are by and large good states and thatunbalanced power is a danger no matter who wields it Inside of as well asoutside of the circle of democratic states peace depends on a precariousbalance of forces The causes of war lie not simply in states or in the statesystem they are found in both Kant understood this Devotees of the demo-cratic peace thesis overlook it

Structural Realism after the Cold War 13

The Weak Effects of Interdependence

If not democracy alone may not the spread of democracy combined with thetightening of national interdependence fulll the prescription for peace offeredby nineteenth-century liberals and so often repeated today24 To the suppos-edly peaceful inclination of democracies interdependence adds the propulsivepower of the prot motive Democratic states may increasingly devote them-selves to the pursuit of peace and prots The trading state is replacing thepolitical-military state and the power of the market now rivals or surpassesthe power of the state or so some believe25

Before World War I Norman Angell believed that wars would not be foughtbecause they would not pay yet Germany and Britain each other rsquos second-best customers fought a long and bloody war26 Interdependence in some wayspromotes peace by multiplying contacts among states and contributing tomutual understanding It also multiplies the occasions for conicts that maypromote resentment and even war27 Close interdependence is a condition inwhich one party can scarcely move without jostling others a small pushripples through society The closer the social bonds the more extreme the effectbecomes and one cannot sensibly pursue an interest without taking othersrsquointerests into account One country is then inclined to treat another countryrsquosacts as events within its own polity and to attempt to control them

That interdependence promotes war as well as peace has been said oftenenough What requires emphasis is that either way among the forces thatshape international politics interdependence is a weak one Interdependencewithin modern states is much closer than it is across states The Soviet economywas planned so that its far-ung parts would be not just interdependent butintegrated Huge factories depended for their output on products exchanged

24 Strongly afrmative answers are given by John R Oneal and Bruce Russett ldquoAssessing theLiberal Peace with Alternative Specications Trade Still Reduces Conictrdquo Journal of Peace ResearchVol 36 No 4 (July 1999) pp 423ndash442 and Russett Oneal and David R Davis ldquoThe Third Legof the Kantian Tripod for Peace International Organizations and Militarized Disputes 1950ndash85rdquoInternational Organization Vol 52 No 3 (Summer 1998) pp 441ndash46725 Richard Rosecrance The Rise of the Trading State Commerce and Coalitions in the Modern World(New York Basic Books 1986) and at times Susan Strange The Retreat of the State The Diffusion ofPower in the World Economy (New York Cambridge University Press 1996)26 Norman Angell The Great Illusion 4th rev and enlarged ed (New York Putnamrsquos 1913)27 Katherine Barbieri ldquoEconomic Interdependence A Path to Peace or a Source of InterstateConictrdquo Journal of Peace Research Vol 33 No 1 (February 1996) Lawrence Keely War beforeCivilization The Myth of the Peaceful Savage (New York Oxford University Press 1996) p 196 showsthat with increases of trade and intermarriage among tribes war became more frequent

International Security 251 14

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 5: Waltz Structural Realism

seventh proposition of his rdquoPrinciples of the Political Orderldquo avers that estab-lishment of the proper constitution internally requires the proper ordering ofthe external relations of states The rst duty of the state is to defend itselfand outside of a juridical order none but the state itself can dene the actionsrequired rdquoLesion of a less powerful countryldquo Kant writes rdquomay be involvedmerely in the condition of a more powerful neighbor prior to any action at alland in the State of Nature an attack under such circumstances would bewarrantableldquo 10 In the state of nature there is no such thing as an unjust war

Every student of international politics is aware of the statistical data sup-porting the democratic peace thesis Everyone has also known at least sinceDavid Hume that we have no reason to believe that the association of eventsprovides a basis for inferring the presence of a causal relation John Muellerproperly speculates that it is not democracy that causes peace but that otherconditions cause both democracy and peace11 Some of the major democra-ciesmdashBritain in the nineteenth century and the United States in the twentiethcenturymdashhave been among the most powerful states of their eras Powerfulstates often gain their ends by peaceful means where weaker states either failor have to resort to war12 Thus the American government deemed the demo-cratically elected Juan Bosch of the Dominican Republic too weak to bringorder to his country The United States toppled his government by sending23000 troops within a week troops whose mere presence made ghting a warunnecessary Salvador Allende democratically elected ruler of Chile was sys-tematically and effectively undermined by the United States without the openuse of force because its leaders thought that his government was taking awrong turn As Henry Kissinger put it rdquoI donrsquot see why we need to stand byand watch a country go Communist due to the irresponsibility of its ownpeopleldquo13 That is the way it is with democraciesmdashtheir people may show badjudgment rdquoWaywardldquo democracies are especially tempting objects of interven-tion by other democracies that wish to save them American policy may havebeen wise in both cases but its actions surely cast doubt on the democraticpeace thesis So do the instances when a democracy did ght another democ-

10 Immanuel Kant The Philosophy of Law trans W Hastie (Edinburgh T and T Clark 1887)p 21811 John Mueller ldquoIs War Still Becoming Obsoleterdquo paper presented at the annual meeting of theAmerican Political Science Association Washington DC AugustndashSeptember 1991 pp 55ff cf hisQuiet Cataclysm Reections on the Recent Transformation of World Politics (New York HarperCollins1995)12 Edward Hallett Carr Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis An Introduction to the Study of International Relations2d ed (New York Harper and Row 1946) pp 129ndash13213 Quoted in Anthony Lewis ldquoThe Kissinger Doctrinerdquo New York Times February 27 1975 p 35and see Henry Kissinger The White House Years (Boston Little Brown 1979) chap 17

Structural Realism after the Cold War 9

racy14 So do the instances in which democratically elected legislatures haveclamored for war as has happened for example in Pakistan and Jordan

One can of course say yes but the Dominican Republic and Chile were notliberal democracies nor perceived as such by the United States Once onebegins to go down that road there is no place to stop The problem is height-ened because liberal democracies as they prepare for a war they may fearbegin to look less liberal and will look less liberal still if they begin to ghtone I am tempted to say that the democratic peace thesis in the form in whichits proponents cast it is irrefutable A liberal democracy at war with anothercountry is unlikely to call it a liberal democracy

Democracies may live at peace with democracies but even if all statesbecame democratic the structure of international politics would remain anar-chic The structure of international politics is not transformed by changesinternal to states however widespread the changes may be In the absence ofan external authority a state cannot be sure that todayrsquos friend will not betomorrowrsquos enemy Indeed democracies have at times behaved as thoughtodayrsquos democracy is todayrsquos enemy and a present threat to them In FederalistPaper number six Alexander Hamilton asked whether the thirteen states ofthe Confederacy might live peacefully with one another as freely constitutedrepublics He answered that there have been rdquoalmost as many popular as royalwarsldquo He cited the many wars fought by republican Sparta Athens RomeCarthage Venice Holland and Britain John Quincy Adams in response toJames Monroersquos contrary claim averred rdquothat the government of a Republicwas as capable of intriguing with the leaders of a free people as neighbor-ing monarchsldquo15 In the latter half of the nineteenth century as the UnitedStates and Britain became more democratic bitterness grew between themand the possibility of war was at times seriously entertained on both sidesof the Atlantic France and Britain were among the principal adversaries inthe great power politics of the nineteenth century as they were earlierTheir becoming democracies did not change their behavior toward eachother In 1914 democratic England and France fought democratic Germanyand doubts about the latterrsquos democratic standing merely illustrate the prob-lem of denition Indeed the democratic pluralism of Germany was an under-lying cause of the war In response to domestic interests Germany followed

14 See for example Kenneth N Waltz ldquoAmerica as Model for the World A Foreign PolicyPerspectiverdquo PS Political Science and Politics Vol 24 No 4 (December 1991) and Mueller ldquoIs WarStill Becoming Obsoleterdquo p 515 Quoted in Walter A McDougall Promised Land Crusader State (Boston Houghton Mifin1997) p 28 and n 36

International Security 251 10

policies bound to frighten both Britain and Russia And today if a war that afew have feared were fought by the United States and Japan many Americanswould say that Japan was not a democracy after all but merely a one-partystate

What can we conclude Democracies rarely ght democracies we might sayand then add as a word of essential caution that the internal excellence of statesis a brittle basis of peace

democratic warsDemocracies coexist with undemocratic states Although democracies seldomght democracies they do as Michael Doyle has noted ght at least their shareof wars against others16 Citizens of democratic states tend to think of theircountries as good aside from what they do simply because they are demo-cratic Thus former Secretary of State Warren Christopher claimed that rdquodemo-cratic nations rarely start wars or threaten their neighborsldquo17 One mightsuggest that he try his proposition out in Central or South America Citizensof democratic states also tend to think of undemocratic states as bad asidefrom what they do simply because they are undemocratic Democracies pro-mote war because they at times decide that the way to preserve peace is todefeat nondemocratic states and make them democratic

During World War I Walter Hines Page American ambassador to Englandclaimed that there rdquois no security in any part of the world where people cannotthink of a government without a king and never will beldquo During the VietnamWar Secretary of State Dean Rusk claimed that the rdquoUnited States cannot besecure until the total international environment is ideologically safeldquo18 Policiesaside the very existence of undemocratic states is a danger to others Americanpolitical and intellectual leaders have often taken this view Liberal interven-tionism is again on the march President Bill Clinton and his national securityadviser Anthony Lake urged the United States to take measures to enhancedemocracy around the world The task one fears will be taken up by theAmerican military with some enthusiasm Former Army Chief of Staff GeneralGordon Sullivan for example favored a new military rdquomodelldquo replacing thenegative aim of containment with a positive one rdquoTo promote democracy

16 Doyle ldquoKant Liberal Legacies and Foreign Affairs Part 2rdquo p 33717 Warren Christopher ldquoThe US-Japan Relationship The Responsibility to Changerdquo address tothe Japan Association of Corporate Executives Tokyo Japan March 11 1994 (US Department ofState Bureau of Public Affairs Ofce of Public Communication) p 318 Page quoted in Waltz Man the State and War A Theoretical Analysis (New York ColumbiaUniversity Press 1959) p 121 Rusk quoted in Layne ldquoKant or Cantrdquo p 46

Structural Realism after the Cold War 11

regional stability and economic prosperityldquo19 Other voices urge us to enterinto a rdquostruggle to ensure that people are governed wellldquo Having apparentlysolved the problem of justice at home rdquothe struggle for liberal governmentbecomes a struggle not simply for justice but for survivalldquo20 As RH Tawneysaid rdquoEither war is a crusade or it is a crimeldquo21 Crusades are frighteningbecause crusaders go to war for righteous causes which they dene forthemselves and try to impose on others One might have hoped that Americanswould have learned that they are not very good at causing democracy abroadBut alas if the world can be made safe for democracy only by making itdemocratic then all means are permitted and to use them becomes a duty Thewar fervor of people and their representatives is at times hard to contain ThusHans Morgenthau believed that rdquothe democratic selection and responsibilityof government ofcials destroyed international morality as an effective systemof restraintldquo22

Since as Kant believed war among self-directed states will occasionallybreak out peace has to be contrived For any government doing so is a difculttask and all states are at times decient in accomplishing it even if they wishto Democratic leaders may respond to the fervor for war that their citizenssometimes display or even try to arouse it and governments are sometimesconstrained by electoral calculations to defer preventive measures Thus BritishPrime Minister Stanley Baldwin said that if he had called in 1935 for Britishrearmament against the German threat his party would have lost the nextelection23 Democratic governments may respond to internal political impera-tives when they should be responding to external ones All governments havetheir faults democracies no doubt fewer than others but that is not goodenough to sustain the democratic peace thesis

That peace may prevail among democratic states is a comforting thoughtThe obverse of the propositionmdashthat democracy may promote war againstundemocratic statesmdashis disturbing If the latter holds we cannot even say forsure that the spread of democracy will bring a net decrease in the amount ofwar in the world

19 Quoted in Clemson G Turregano and Ricky Lynn Waddell ldquoFrom Paradigm to Paradigm ShiftThe Military and Operations Other than Warrdquo Journal of Political Science Vol 22 (1994) p 1520 Peter Beinart ldquoThe Return of the Bombrdquo New Republic August 3 1998 p 2721 Quoted in Michael Straight Make This the Last War (New York GP Putnamrsquos Sons 1945) p 122 Hans J Morgenthau Politics among Nations The Struggle for Power and Peace 5th ed (New YorkKnopf 1973) p 24823 Gordon Craig and Alexander George Force and Statecraft Diplomatic Problems of Our Time 2ded (New York Oxford University Press 1990) p 64

International Security 251 12

With a republic established in a strong state Kant hoped the republican formwould gradually take hold in the world In 1795 America provided the hopeTwo hundred years later remarkably it still does Ever since liberals rstexpressed their views they have been divided Some have urged liberal statesto work to uplift benighted peoples and bring the benets of liberty justiceand prosperity to them John Stuart Mill Giuseppe Mazzini Woodrow Wilsonand Bill Clinton are all interventionist liberals Other liberals Kant and RichardCobden for example while agreeing on the benets that democracy can bringto the world have emphasized the difculties and the dangers of activelyseeking its propagation

If the world is now safe for democracy one has to wonder whether democ-racy is safe for the world When democracy is ascendant a condition that inthe twentieth century attended the winning of hot wars and cold ones theinterventionist spirit ourishes The effect is heightened when one democraticstate becomes dominant as the United States is now Peace is the noblest causeof war If the conditions of peace are lacking then the country with a capabilityof creating them may be tempted to do so whether or not by force The endis noble but as a matter of right Kant insists no state can intervene in theinternal arrangements of another As a matter of fact one may notice thatintervention even for worthy ends often brings more harm than good Thevice to which great powers easily succumb in a multipolar world is inattentionin a bipolar world overreaction in a unipolar world overextention

Peace is maintained by a delicate balance of internal and external restraintsStates having a surplus of power are tempted to use it and weaker states feartheir doing so The laws of voluntary federations to use Kantrsquos language aredisregarded at the whim of the stronger as the United States demonstrated adecade ago by mining Nicaraguan waters and by invading Panama In bothcases the United States blatantly violated international law In the rst itdenied the jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice which it hadpreviously accepted In the second it aunted the law embodied in the Charterof the Organization of American States of which it was a principal sponsor

If the democratic peace thesis is right structural realist theory is wrong Onemay believe with Kant that republics are by and large good states and thatunbalanced power is a danger no matter who wields it Inside of as well asoutside of the circle of democratic states peace depends on a precariousbalance of forces The causes of war lie not simply in states or in the statesystem they are found in both Kant understood this Devotees of the demo-cratic peace thesis overlook it

Structural Realism after the Cold War 13

The Weak Effects of Interdependence

If not democracy alone may not the spread of democracy combined with thetightening of national interdependence fulll the prescription for peace offeredby nineteenth-century liberals and so often repeated today24 To the suppos-edly peaceful inclination of democracies interdependence adds the propulsivepower of the prot motive Democratic states may increasingly devote them-selves to the pursuit of peace and prots The trading state is replacing thepolitical-military state and the power of the market now rivals or surpassesthe power of the state or so some believe25

Before World War I Norman Angell believed that wars would not be foughtbecause they would not pay yet Germany and Britain each other rsquos second-best customers fought a long and bloody war26 Interdependence in some wayspromotes peace by multiplying contacts among states and contributing tomutual understanding It also multiplies the occasions for conicts that maypromote resentment and even war27 Close interdependence is a condition inwhich one party can scarcely move without jostling others a small pushripples through society The closer the social bonds the more extreme the effectbecomes and one cannot sensibly pursue an interest without taking othersrsquointerests into account One country is then inclined to treat another countryrsquosacts as events within its own polity and to attempt to control them

That interdependence promotes war as well as peace has been said oftenenough What requires emphasis is that either way among the forces thatshape international politics interdependence is a weak one Interdependencewithin modern states is much closer than it is across states The Soviet economywas planned so that its far-ung parts would be not just interdependent butintegrated Huge factories depended for their output on products exchanged

24 Strongly afrmative answers are given by John R Oneal and Bruce Russett ldquoAssessing theLiberal Peace with Alternative Specications Trade Still Reduces Conictrdquo Journal of Peace ResearchVol 36 No 4 (July 1999) pp 423ndash442 and Russett Oneal and David R Davis ldquoThe Third Legof the Kantian Tripod for Peace International Organizations and Militarized Disputes 1950ndash85rdquoInternational Organization Vol 52 No 3 (Summer 1998) pp 441ndash46725 Richard Rosecrance The Rise of the Trading State Commerce and Coalitions in the Modern World(New York Basic Books 1986) and at times Susan Strange The Retreat of the State The Diffusion ofPower in the World Economy (New York Cambridge University Press 1996)26 Norman Angell The Great Illusion 4th rev and enlarged ed (New York Putnamrsquos 1913)27 Katherine Barbieri ldquoEconomic Interdependence A Path to Peace or a Source of InterstateConictrdquo Journal of Peace Research Vol 33 No 1 (February 1996) Lawrence Keely War beforeCivilization The Myth of the Peaceful Savage (New York Oxford University Press 1996) p 196 showsthat with increases of trade and intermarriage among tribes war became more frequent

International Security 251 14

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 6: Waltz Structural Realism

racy14 So do the instances in which democratically elected legislatures haveclamored for war as has happened for example in Pakistan and Jordan

One can of course say yes but the Dominican Republic and Chile were notliberal democracies nor perceived as such by the United States Once onebegins to go down that road there is no place to stop The problem is height-ened because liberal democracies as they prepare for a war they may fearbegin to look less liberal and will look less liberal still if they begin to ghtone I am tempted to say that the democratic peace thesis in the form in whichits proponents cast it is irrefutable A liberal democracy at war with anothercountry is unlikely to call it a liberal democracy

Democracies may live at peace with democracies but even if all statesbecame democratic the structure of international politics would remain anar-chic The structure of international politics is not transformed by changesinternal to states however widespread the changes may be In the absence ofan external authority a state cannot be sure that todayrsquos friend will not betomorrowrsquos enemy Indeed democracies have at times behaved as thoughtodayrsquos democracy is todayrsquos enemy and a present threat to them In FederalistPaper number six Alexander Hamilton asked whether the thirteen states ofthe Confederacy might live peacefully with one another as freely constitutedrepublics He answered that there have been rdquoalmost as many popular as royalwarsldquo He cited the many wars fought by republican Sparta Athens RomeCarthage Venice Holland and Britain John Quincy Adams in response toJames Monroersquos contrary claim averred rdquothat the government of a Republicwas as capable of intriguing with the leaders of a free people as neighbor-ing monarchsldquo15 In the latter half of the nineteenth century as the UnitedStates and Britain became more democratic bitterness grew between themand the possibility of war was at times seriously entertained on both sidesof the Atlantic France and Britain were among the principal adversaries inthe great power politics of the nineteenth century as they were earlierTheir becoming democracies did not change their behavior toward eachother In 1914 democratic England and France fought democratic Germanyand doubts about the latterrsquos democratic standing merely illustrate the prob-lem of denition Indeed the democratic pluralism of Germany was an under-lying cause of the war In response to domestic interests Germany followed

14 See for example Kenneth N Waltz ldquoAmerica as Model for the World A Foreign PolicyPerspectiverdquo PS Political Science and Politics Vol 24 No 4 (December 1991) and Mueller ldquoIs WarStill Becoming Obsoleterdquo p 515 Quoted in Walter A McDougall Promised Land Crusader State (Boston Houghton Mifin1997) p 28 and n 36

International Security 251 10

policies bound to frighten both Britain and Russia And today if a war that afew have feared were fought by the United States and Japan many Americanswould say that Japan was not a democracy after all but merely a one-partystate

What can we conclude Democracies rarely ght democracies we might sayand then add as a word of essential caution that the internal excellence of statesis a brittle basis of peace

democratic warsDemocracies coexist with undemocratic states Although democracies seldomght democracies they do as Michael Doyle has noted ght at least their shareof wars against others16 Citizens of democratic states tend to think of theircountries as good aside from what they do simply because they are demo-cratic Thus former Secretary of State Warren Christopher claimed that rdquodemo-cratic nations rarely start wars or threaten their neighborsldquo17 One mightsuggest that he try his proposition out in Central or South America Citizensof democratic states also tend to think of undemocratic states as bad asidefrom what they do simply because they are undemocratic Democracies pro-mote war because they at times decide that the way to preserve peace is todefeat nondemocratic states and make them democratic

During World War I Walter Hines Page American ambassador to Englandclaimed that there rdquois no security in any part of the world where people cannotthink of a government without a king and never will beldquo During the VietnamWar Secretary of State Dean Rusk claimed that the rdquoUnited States cannot besecure until the total international environment is ideologically safeldquo18 Policiesaside the very existence of undemocratic states is a danger to others Americanpolitical and intellectual leaders have often taken this view Liberal interven-tionism is again on the march President Bill Clinton and his national securityadviser Anthony Lake urged the United States to take measures to enhancedemocracy around the world The task one fears will be taken up by theAmerican military with some enthusiasm Former Army Chief of Staff GeneralGordon Sullivan for example favored a new military rdquomodelldquo replacing thenegative aim of containment with a positive one rdquoTo promote democracy

16 Doyle ldquoKant Liberal Legacies and Foreign Affairs Part 2rdquo p 33717 Warren Christopher ldquoThe US-Japan Relationship The Responsibility to Changerdquo address tothe Japan Association of Corporate Executives Tokyo Japan March 11 1994 (US Department ofState Bureau of Public Affairs Ofce of Public Communication) p 318 Page quoted in Waltz Man the State and War A Theoretical Analysis (New York ColumbiaUniversity Press 1959) p 121 Rusk quoted in Layne ldquoKant or Cantrdquo p 46

Structural Realism after the Cold War 11

regional stability and economic prosperityldquo19 Other voices urge us to enterinto a rdquostruggle to ensure that people are governed wellldquo Having apparentlysolved the problem of justice at home rdquothe struggle for liberal governmentbecomes a struggle not simply for justice but for survivalldquo20 As RH Tawneysaid rdquoEither war is a crusade or it is a crimeldquo21 Crusades are frighteningbecause crusaders go to war for righteous causes which they dene forthemselves and try to impose on others One might have hoped that Americanswould have learned that they are not very good at causing democracy abroadBut alas if the world can be made safe for democracy only by making itdemocratic then all means are permitted and to use them becomes a duty Thewar fervor of people and their representatives is at times hard to contain ThusHans Morgenthau believed that rdquothe democratic selection and responsibilityof government ofcials destroyed international morality as an effective systemof restraintldquo22

Since as Kant believed war among self-directed states will occasionallybreak out peace has to be contrived For any government doing so is a difculttask and all states are at times decient in accomplishing it even if they wishto Democratic leaders may respond to the fervor for war that their citizenssometimes display or even try to arouse it and governments are sometimesconstrained by electoral calculations to defer preventive measures Thus BritishPrime Minister Stanley Baldwin said that if he had called in 1935 for Britishrearmament against the German threat his party would have lost the nextelection23 Democratic governments may respond to internal political impera-tives when they should be responding to external ones All governments havetheir faults democracies no doubt fewer than others but that is not goodenough to sustain the democratic peace thesis

That peace may prevail among democratic states is a comforting thoughtThe obverse of the propositionmdashthat democracy may promote war againstundemocratic statesmdashis disturbing If the latter holds we cannot even say forsure that the spread of democracy will bring a net decrease in the amount ofwar in the world

19 Quoted in Clemson G Turregano and Ricky Lynn Waddell ldquoFrom Paradigm to Paradigm ShiftThe Military and Operations Other than Warrdquo Journal of Political Science Vol 22 (1994) p 1520 Peter Beinart ldquoThe Return of the Bombrdquo New Republic August 3 1998 p 2721 Quoted in Michael Straight Make This the Last War (New York GP Putnamrsquos Sons 1945) p 122 Hans J Morgenthau Politics among Nations The Struggle for Power and Peace 5th ed (New YorkKnopf 1973) p 24823 Gordon Craig and Alexander George Force and Statecraft Diplomatic Problems of Our Time 2ded (New York Oxford University Press 1990) p 64

International Security 251 12

With a republic established in a strong state Kant hoped the republican formwould gradually take hold in the world In 1795 America provided the hopeTwo hundred years later remarkably it still does Ever since liberals rstexpressed their views they have been divided Some have urged liberal statesto work to uplift benighted peoples and bring the benets of liberty justiceand prosperity to them John Stuart Mill Giuseppe Mazzini Woodrow Wilsonand Bill Clinton are all interventionist liberals Other liberals Kant and RichardCobden for example while agreeing on the benets that democracy can bringto the world have emphasized the difculties and the dangers of activelyseeking its propagation

If the world is now safe for democracy one has to wonder whether democ-racy is safe for the world When democracy is ascendant a condition that inthe twentieth century attended the winning of hot wars and cold ones theinterventionist spirit ourishes The effect is heightened when one democraticstate becomes dominant as the United States is now Peace is the noblest causeof war If the conditions of peace are lacking then the country with a capabilityof creating them may be tempted to do so whether or not by force The endis noble but as a matter of right Kant insists no state can intervene in theinternal arrangements of another As a matter of fact one may notice thatintervention even for worthy ends often brings more harm than good Thevice to which great powers easily succumb in a multipolar world is inattentionin a bipolar world overreaction in a unipolar world overextention

Peace is maintained by a delicate balance of internal and external restraintsStates having a surplus of power are tempted to use it and weaker states feartheir doing so The laws of voluntary federations to use Kantrsquos language aredisregarded at the whim of the stronger as the United States demonstrated adecade ago by mining Nicaraguan waters and by invading Panama In bothcases the United States blatantly violated international law In the rst itdenied the jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice which it hadpreviously accepted In the second it aunted the law embodied in the Charterof the Organization of American States of which it was a principal sponsor

If the democratic peace thesis is right structural realist theory is wrong Onemay believe with Kant that republics are by and large good states and thatunbalanced power is a danger no matter who wields it Inside of as well asoutside of the circle of democratic states peace depends on a precariousbalance of forces The causes of war lie not simply in states or in the statesystem they are found in both Kant understood this Devotees of the demo-cratic peace thesis overlook it

Structural Realism after the Cold War 13

The Weak Effects of Interdependence

If not democracy alone may not the spread of democracy combined with thetightening of national interdependence fulll the prescription for peace offeredby nineteenth-century liberals and so often repeated today24 To the suppos-edly peaceful inclination of democracies interdependence adds the propulsivepower of the prot motive Democratic states may increasingly devote them-selves to the pursuit of peace and prots The trading state is replacing thepolitical-military state and the power of the market now rivals or surpassesthe power of the state or so some believe25

Before World War I Norman Angell believed that wars would not be foughtbecause they would not pay yet Germany and Britain each other rsquos second-best customers fought a long and bloody war26 Interdependence in some wayspromotes peace by multiplying contacts among states and contributing tomutual understanding It also multiplies the occasions for conicts that maypromote resentment and even war27 Close interdependence is a condition inwhich one party can scarcely move without jostling others a small pushripples through society The closer the social bonds the more extreme the effectbecomes and one cannot sensibly pursue an interest without taking othersrsquointerests into account One country is then inclined to treat another countryrsquosacts as events within its own polity and to attempt to control them

That interdependence promotes war as well as peace has been said oftenenough What requires emphasis is that either way among the forces thatshape international politics interdependence is a weak one Interdependencewithin modern states is much closer than it is across states The Soviet economywas planned so that its far-ung parts would be not just interdependent butintegrated Huge factories depended for their output on products exchanged

24 Strongly afrmative answers are given by John R Oneal and Bruce Russett ldquoAssessing theLiberal Peace with Alternative Specications Trade Still Reduces Conictrdquo Journal of Peace ResearchVol 36 No 4 (July 1999) pp 423ndash442 and Russett Oneal and David R Davis ldquoThe Third Legof the Kantian Tripod for Peace International Organizations and Militarized Disputes 1950ndash85rdquoInternational Organization Vol 52 No 3 (Summer 1998) pp 441ndash46725 Richard Rosecrance The Rise of the Trading State Commerce and Coalitions in the Modern World(New York Basic Books 1986) and at times Susan Strange The Retreat of the State The Diffusion ofPower in the World Economy (New York Cambridge University Press 1996)26 Norman Angell The Great Illusion 4th rev and enlarged ed (New York Putnamrsquos 1913)27 Katherine Barbieri ldquoEconomic Interdependence A Path to Peace or a Source of InterstateConictrdquo Journal of Peace Research Vol 33 No 1 (February 1996) Lawrence Keely War beforeCivilization The Myth of the Peaceful Savage (New York Oxford University Press 1996) p 196 showsthat with increases of trade and intermarriage among tribes war became more frequent

International Security 251 14

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 7: Waltz Structural Realism

policies bound to frighten both Britain and Russia And today if a war that afew have feared were fought by the United States and Japan many Americanswould say that Japan was not a democracy after all but merely a one-partystate

What can we conclude Democracies rarely ght democracies we might sayand then add as a word of essential caution that the internal excellence of statesis a brittle basis of peace

democratic warsDemocracies coexist with undemocratic states Although democracies seldomght democracies they do as Michael Doyle has noted ght at least their shareof wars against others16 Citizens of democratic states tend to think of theircountries as good aside from what they do simply because they are demo-cratic Thus former Secretary of State Warren Christopher claimed that rdquodemo-cratic nations rarely start wars or threaten their neighborsldquo17 One mightsuggest that he try his proposition out in Central or South America Citizensof democratic states also tend to think of undemocratic states as bad asidefrom what they do simply because they are undemocratic Democracies pro-mote war because they at times decide that the way to preserve peace is todefeat nondemocratic states and make them democratic

During World War I Walter Hines Page American ambassador to Englandclaimed that there rdquois no security in any part of the world where people cannotthink of a government without a king and never will beldquo During the VietnamWar Secretary of State Dean Rusk claimed that the rdquoUnited States cannot besecure until the total international environment is ideologically safeldquo18 Policiesaside the very existence of undemocratic states is a danger to others Americanpolitical and intellectual leaders have often taken this view Liberal interven-tionism is again on the march President Bill Clinton and his national securityadviser Anthony Lake urged the United States to take measures to enhancedemocracy around the world The task one fears will be taken up by theAmerican military with some enthusiasm Former Army Chief of Staff GeneralGordon Sullivan for example favored a new military rdquomodelldquo replacing thenegative aim of containment with a positive one rdquoTo promote democracy

16 Doyle ldquoKant Liberal Legacies and Foreign Affairs Part 2rdquo p 33717 Warren Christopher ldquoThe US-Japan Relationship The Responsibility to Changerdquo address tothe Japan Association of Corporate Executives Tokyo Japan March 11 1994 (US Department ofState Bureau of Public Affairs Ofce of Public Communication) p 318 Page quoted in Waltz Man the State and War A Theoretical Analysis (New York ColumbiaUniversity Press 1959) p 121 Rusk quoted in Layne ldquoKant or Cantrdquo p 46

Structural Realism after the Cold War 11

regional stability and economic prosperityldquo19 Other voices urge us to enterinto a rdquostruggle to ensure that people are governed wellldquo Having apparentlysolved the problem of justice at home rdquothe struggle for liberal governmentbecomes a struggle not simply for justice but for survivalldquo20 As RH Tawneysaid rdquoEither war is a crusade or it is a crimeldquo21 Crusades are frighteningbecause crusaders go to war for righteous causes which they dene forthemselves and try to impose on others One might have hoped that Americanswould have learned that they are not very good at causing democracy abroadBut alas if the world can be made safe for democracy only by making itdemocratic then all means are permitted and to use them becomes a duty Thewar fervor of people and their representatives is at times hard to contain ThusHans Morgenthau believed that rdquothe democratic selection and responsibilityof government ofcials destroyed international morality as an effective systemof restraintldquo22

Since as Kant believed war among self-directed states will occasionallybreak out peace has to be contrived For any government doing so is a difculttask and all states are at times decient in accomplishing it even if they wishto Democratic leaders may respond to the fervor for war that their citizenssometimes display or even try to arouse it and governments are sometimesconstrained by electoral calculations to defer preventive measures Thus BritishPrime Minister Stanley Baldwin said that if he had called in 1935 for Britishrearmament against the German threat his party would have lost the nextelection23 Democratic governments may respond to internal political impera-tives when they should be responding to external ones All governments havetheir faults democracies no doubt fewer than others but that is not goodenough to sustain the democratic peace thesis

That peace may prevail among democratic states is a comforting thoughtThe obverse of the propositionmdashthat democracy may promote war againstundemocratic statesmdashis disturbing If the latter holds we cannot even say forsure that the spread of democracy will bring a net decrease in the amount ofwar in the world

19 Quoted in Clemson G Turregano and Ricky Lynn Waddell ldquoFrom Paradigm to Paradigm ShiftThe Military and Operations Other than Warrdquo Journal of Political Science Vol 22 (1994) p 1520 Peter Beinart ldquoThe Return of the Bombrdquo New Republic August 3 1998 p 2721 Quoted in Michael Straight Make This the Last War (New York GP Putnamrsquos Sons 1945) p 122 Hans J Morgenthau Politics among Nations The Struggle for Power and Peace 5th ed (New YorkKnopf 1973) p 24823 Gordon Craig and Alexander George Force and Statecraft Diplomatic Problems of Our Time 2ded (New York Oxford University Press 1990) p 64

International Security 251 12

With a republic established in a strong state Kant hoped the republican formwould gradually take hold in the world In 1795 America provided the hopeTwo hundred years later remarkably it still does Ever since liberals rstexpressed their views they have been divided Some have urged liberal statesto work to uplift benighted peoples and bring the benets of liberty justiceand prosperity to them John Stuart Mill Giuseppe Mazzini Woodrow Wilsonand Bill Clinton are all interventionist liberals Other liberals Kant and RichardCobden for example while agreeing on the benets that democracy can bringto the world have emphasized the difculties and the dangers of activelyseeking its propagation

If the world is now safe for democracy one has to wonder whether democ-racy is safe for the world When democracy is ascendant a condition that inthe twentieth century attended the winning of hot wars and cold ones theinterventionist spirit ourishes The effect is heightened when one democraticstate becomes dominant as the United States is now Peace is the noblest causeof war If the conditions of peace are lacking then the country with a capabilityof creating them may be tempted to do so whether or not by force The endis noble but as a matter of right Kant insists no state can intervene in theinternal arrangements of another As a matter of fact one may notice thatintervention even for worthy ends often brings more harm than good Thevice to which great powers easily succumb in a multipolar world is inattentionin a bipolar world overreaction in a unipolar world overextention

Peace is maintained by a delicate balance of internal and external restraintsStates having a surplus of power are tempted to use it and weaker states feartheir doing so The laws of voluntary federations to use Kantrsquos language aredisregarded at the whim of the stronger as the United States demonstrated adecade ago by mining Nicaraguan waters and by invading Panama In bothcases the United States blatantly violated international law In the rst itdenied the jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice which it hadpreviously accepted In the second it aunted the law embodied in the Charterof the Organization of American States of which it was a principal sponsor

If the democratic peace thesis is right structural realist theory is wrong Onemay believe with Kant that republics are by and large good states and thatunbalanced power is a danger no matter who wields it Inside of as well asoutside of the circle of democratic states peace depends on a precariousbalance of forces The causes of war lie not simply in states or in the statesystem they are found in both Kant understood this Devotees of the demo-cratic peace thesis overlook it

Structural Realism after the Cold War 13

The Weak Effects of Interdependence

If not democracy alone may not the spread of democracy combined with thetightening of national interdependence fulll the prescription for peace offeredby nineteenth-century liberals and so often repeated today24 To the suppos-edly peaceful inclination of democracies interdependence adds the propulsivepower of the prot motive Democratic states may increasingly devote them-selves to the pursuit of peace and prots The trading state is replacing thepolitical-military state and the power of the market now rivals or surpassesthe power of the state or so some believe25

Before World War I Norman Angell believed that wars would not be foughtbecause they would not pay yet Germany and Britain each other rsquos second-best customers fought a long and bloody war26 Interdependence in some wayspromotes peace by multiplying contacts among states and contributing tomutual understanding It also multiplies the occasions for conicts that maypromote resentment and even war27 Close interdependence is a condition inwhich one party can scarcely move without jostling others a small pushripples through society The closer the social bonds the more extreme the effectbecomes and one cannot sensibly pursue an interest without taking othersrsquointerests into account One country is then inclined to treat another countryrsquosacts as events within its own polity and to attempt to control them

That interdependence promotes war as well as peace has been said oftenenough What requires emphasis is that either way among the forces thatshape international politics interdependence is a weak one Interdependencewithin modern states is much closer than it is across states The Soviet economywas planned so that its far-ung parts would be not just interdependent butintegrated Huge factories depended for their output on products exchanged

24 Strongly afrmative answers are given by John R Oneal and Bruce Russett ldquoAssessing theLiberal Peace with Alternative Specications Trade Still Reduces Conictrdquo Journal of Peace ResearchVol 36 No 4 (July 1999) pp 423ndash442 and Russett Oneal and David R Davis ldquoThe Third Legof the Kantian Tripod for Peace International Organizations and Militarized Disputes 1950ndash85rdquoInternational Organization Vol 52 No 3 (Summer 1998) pp 441ndash46725 Richard Rosecrance The Rise of the Trading State Commerce and Coalitions in the Modern World(New York Basic Books 1986) and at times Susan Strange The Retreat of the State The Diffusion ofPower in the World Economy (New York Cambridge University Press 1996)26 Norman Angell The Great Illusion 4th rev and enlarged ed (New York Putnamrsquos 1913)27 Katherine Barbieri ldquoEconomic Interdependence A Path to Peace or a Source of InterstateConictrdquo Journal of Peace Research Vol 33 No 1 (February 1996) Lawrence Keely War beforeCivilization The Myth of the Peaceful Savage (New York Oxford University Press 1996) p 196 showsthat with increases of trade and intermarriage among tribes war became more frequent

International Security 251 14

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 8: Waltz Structural Realism

regional stability and economic prosperityldquo19 Other voices urge us to enterinto a rdquostruggle to ensure that people are governed wellldquo Having apparentlysolved the problem of justice at home rdquothe struggle for liberal governmentbecomes a struggle not simply for justice but for survivalldquo20 As RH Tawneysaid rdquoEither war is a crusade or it is a crimeldquo21 Crusades are frighteningbecause crusaders go to war for righteous causes which they dene forthemselves and try to impose on others One might have hoped that Americanswould have learned that they are not very good at causing democracy abroadBut alas if the world can be made safe for democracy only by making itdemocratic then all means are permitted and to use them becomes a duty Thewar fervor of people and their representatives is at times hard to contain ThusHans Morgenthau believed that rdquothe democratic selection and responsibilityof government ofcials destroyed international morality as an effective systemof restraintldquo22

Since as Kant believed war among self-directed states will occasionallybreak out peace has to be contrived For any government doing so is a difculttask and all states are at times decient in accomplishing it even if they wishto Democratic leaders may respond to the fervor for war that their citizenssometimes display or even try to arouse it and governments are sometimesconstrained by electoral calculations to defer preventive measures Thus BritishPrime Minister Stanley Baldwin said that if he had called in 1935 for Britishrearmament against the German threat his party would have lost the nextelection23 Democratic governments may respond to internal political impera-tives when they should be responding to external ones All governments havetheir faults democracies no doubt fewer than others but that is not goodenough to sustain the democratic peace thesis

That peace may prevail among democratic states is a comforting thoughtThe obverse of the propositionmdashthat democracy may promote war againstundemocratic statesmdashis disturbing If the latter holds we cannot even say forsure that the spread of democracy will bring a net decrease in the amount ofwar in the world

19 Quoted in Clemson G Turregano and Ricky Lynn Waddell ldquoFrom Paradigm to Paradigm ShiftThe Military and Operations Other than Warrdquo Journal of Political Science Vol 22 (1994) p 1520 Peter Beinart ldquoThe Return of the Bombrdquo New Republic August 3 1998 p 2721 Quoted in Michael Straight Make This the Last War (New York GP Putnamrsquos Sons 1945) p 122 Hans J Morgenthau Politics among Nations The Struggle for Power and Peace 5th ed (New YorkKnopf 1973) p 24823 Gordon Craig and Alexander George Force and Statecraft Diplomatic Problems of Our Time 2ded (New York Oxford University Press 1990) p 64

International Security 251 12

With a republic established in a strong state Kant hoped the republican formwould gradually take hold in the world In 1795 America provided the hopeTwo hundred years later remarkably it still does Ever since liberals rstexpressed their views they have been divided Some have urged liberal statesto work to uplift benighted peoples and bring the benets of liberty justiceand prosperity to them John Stuart Mill Giuseppe Mazzini Woodrow Wilsonand Bill Clinton are all interventionist liberals Other liberals Kant and RichardCobden for example while agreeing on the benets that democracy can bringto the world have emphasized the difculties and the dangers of activelyseeking its propagation

If the world is now safe for democracy one has to wonder whether democ-racy is safe for the world When democracy is ascendant a condition that inthe twentieth century attended the winning of hot wars and cold ones theinterventionist spirit ourishes The effect is heightened when one democraticstate becomes dominant as the United States is now Peace is the noblest causeof war If the conditions of peace are lacking then the country with a capabilityof creating them may be tempted to do so whether or not by force The endis noble but as a matter of right Kant insists no state can intervene in theinternal arrangements of another As a matter of fact one may notice thatintervention even for worthy ends often brings more harm than good Thevice to which great powers easily succumb in a multipolar world is inattentionin a bipolar world overreaction in a unipolar world overextention

Peace is maintained by a delicate balance of internal and external restraintsStates having a surplus of power are tempted to use it and weaker states feartheir doing so The laws of voluntary federations to use Kantrsquos language aredisregarded at the whim of the stronger as the United States demonstrated adecade ago by mining Nicaraguan waters and by invading Panama In bothcases the United States blatantly violated international law In the rst itdenied the jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice which it hadpreviously accepted In the second it aunted the law embodied in the Charterof the Organization of American States of which it was a principal sponsor

If the democratic peace thesis is right structural realist theory is wrong Onemay believe with Kant that republics are by and large good states and thatunbalanced power is a danger no matter who wields it Inside of as well asoutside of the circle of democratic states peace depends on a precariousbalance of forces The causes of war lie not simply in states or in the statesystem they are found in both Kant understood this Devotees of the demo-cratic peace thesis overlook it

Structural Realism after the Cold War 13

The Weak Effects of Interdependence

If not democracy alone may not the spread of democracy combined with thetightening of national interdependence fulll the prescription for peace offeredby nineteenth-century liberals and so often repeated today24 To the suppos-edly peaceful inclination of democracies interdependence adds the propulsivepower of the prot motive Democratic states may increasingly devote them-selves to the pursuit of peace and prots The trading state is replacing thepolitical-military state and the power of the market now rivals or surpassesthe power of the state or so some believe25

Before World War I Norman Angell believed that wars would not be foughtbecause they would not pay yet Germany and Britain each other rsquos second-best customers fought a long and bloody war26 Interdependence in some wayspromotes peace by multiplying contacts among states and contributing tomutual understanding It also multiplies the occasions for conicts that maypromote resentment and even war27 Close interdependence is a condition inwhich one party can scarcely move without jostling others a small pushripples through society The closer the social bonds the more extreme the effectbecomes and one cannot sensibly pursue an interest without taking othersrsquointerests into account One country is then inclined to treat another countryrsquosacts as events within its own polity and to attempt to control them

That interdependence promotes war as well as peace has been said oftenenough What requires emphasis is that either way among the forces thatshape international politics interdependence is a weak one Interdependencewithin modern states is much closer than it is across states The Soviet economywas planned so that its far-ung parts would be not just interdependent butintegrated Huge factories depended for their output on products exchanged

24 Strongly afrmative answers are given by John R Oneal and Bruce Russett ldquoAssessing theLiberal Peace with Alternative Specications Trade Still Reduces Conictrdquo Journal of Peace ResearchVol 36 No 4 (July 1999) pp 423ndash442 and Russett Oneal and David R Davis ldquoThe Third Legof the Kantian Tripod for Peace International Organizations and Militarized Disputes 1950ndash85rdquoInternational Organization Vol 52 No 3 (Summer 1998) pp 441ndash46725 Richard Rosecrance The Rise of the Trading State Commerce and Coalitions in the Modern World(New York Basic Books 1986) and at times Susan Strange The Retreat of the State The Diffusion ofPower in the World Economy (New York Cambridge University Press 1996)26 Norman Angell The Great Illusion 4th rev and enlarged ed (New York Putnamrsquos 1913)27 Katherine Barbieri ldquoEconomic Interdependence A Path to Peace or a Source of InterstateConictrdquo Journal of Peace Research Vol 33 No 1 (February 1996) Lawrence Keely War beforeCivilization The Myth of the Peaceful Savage (New York Oxford University Press 1996) p 196 showsthat with increases of trade and intermarriage among tribes war became more frequent

International Security 251 14

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 9: Waltz Structural Realism

With a republic established in a strong state Kant hoped the republican formwould gradually take hold in the world In 1795 America provided the hopeTwo hundred years later remarkably it still does Ever since liberals rstexpressed their views they have been divided Some have urged liberal statesto work to uplift benighted peoples and bring the benets of liberty justiceand prosperity to them John Stuart Mill Giuseppe Mazzini Woodrow Wilsonand Bill Clinton are all interventionist liberals Other liberals Kant and RichardCobden for example while agreeing on the benets that democracy can bringto the world have emphasized the difculties and the dangers of activelyseeking its propagation

If the world is now safe for democracy one has to wonder whether democ-racy is safe for the world When democracy is ascendant a condition that inthe twentieth century attended the winning of hot wars and cold ones theinterventionist spirit ourishes The effect is heightened when one democraticstate becomes dominant as the United States is now Peace is the noblest causeof war If the conditions of peace are lacking then the country with a capabilityof creating them may be tempted to do so whether or not by force The endis noble but as a matter of right Kant insists no state can intervene in theinternal arrangements of another As a matter of fact one may notice thatintervention even for worthy ends often brings more harm than good Thevice to which great powers easily succumb in a multipolar world is inattentionin a bipolar world overreaction in a unipolar world overextention

Peace is maintained by a delicate balance of internal and external restraintsStates having a surplus of power are tempted to use it and weaker states feartheir doing so The laws of voluntary federations to use Kantrsquos language aredisregarded at the whim of the stronger as the United States demonstrated adecade ago by mining Nicaraguan waters and by invading Panama In bothcases the United States blatantly violated international law In the rst itdenied the jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice which it hadpreviously accepted In the second it aunted the law embodied in the Charterof the Organization of American States of which it was a principal sponsor

If the democratic peace thesis is right structural realist theory is wrong Onemay believe with Kant that republics are by and large good states and thatunbalanced power is a danger no matter who wields it Inside of as well asoutside of the circle of democratic states peace depends on a precariousbalance of forces The causes of war lie not simply in states or in the statesystem they are found in both Kant understood this Devotees of the demo-cratic peace thesis overlook it

Structural Realism after the Cold War 13

The Weak Effects of Interdependence

If not democracy alone may not the spread of democracy combined with thetightening of national interdependence fulll the prescription for peace offeredby nineteenth-century liberals and so often repeated today24 To the suppos-edly peaceful inclination of democracies interdependence adds the propulsivepower of the prot motive Democratic states may increasingly devote them-selves to the pursuit of peace and prots The trading state is replacing thepolitical-military state and the power of the market now rivals or surpassesthe power of the state or so some believe25

Before World War I Norman Angell believed that wars would not be foughtbecause they would not pay yet Germany and Britain each other rsquos second-best customers fought a long and bloody war26 Interdependence in some wayspromotes peace by multiplying contacts among states and contributing tomutual understanding It also multiplies the occasions for conicts that maypromote resentment and even war27 Close interdependence is a condition inwhich one party can scarcely move without jostling others a small pushripples through society The closer the social bonds the more extreme the effectbecomes and one cannot sensibly pursue an interest without taking othersrsquointerests into account One country is then inclined to treat another countryrsquosacts as events within its own polity and to attempt to control them

That interdependence promotes war as well as peace has been said oftenenough What requires emphasis is that either way among the forces thatshape international politics interdependence is a weak one Interdependencewithin modern states is much closer than it is across states The Soviet economywas planned so that its far-ung parts would be not just interdependent butintegrated Huge factories depended for their output on products exchanged

24 Strongly afrmative answers are given by John R Oneal and Bruce Russett ldquoAssessing theLiberal Peace with Alternative Specications Trade Still Reduces Conictrdquo Journal of Peace ResearchVol 36 No 4 (July 1999) pp 423ndash442 and Russett Oneal and David R Davis ldquoThe Third Legof the Kantian Tripod for Peace International Organizations and Militarized Disputes 1950ndash85rdquoInternational Organization Vol 52 No 3 (Summer 1998) pp 441ndash46725 Richard Rosecrance The Rise of the Trading State Commerce and Coalitions in the Modern World(New York Basic Books 1986) and at times Susan Strange The Retreat of the State The Diffusion ofPower in the World Economy (New York Cambridge University Press 1996)26 Norman Angell The Great Illusion 4th rev and enlarged ed (New York Putnamrsquos 1913)27 Katherine Barbieri ldquoEconomic Interdependence A Path to Peace or a Source of InterstateConictrdquo Journal of Peace Research Vol 33 No 1 (February 1996) Lawrence Keely War beforeCivilization The Myth of the Peaceful Savage (New York Oxford University Press 1996) p 196 showsthat with increases of trade and intermarriage among tribes war became more frequent

International Security 251 14

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 10: Waltz Structural Realism

The Weak Effects of Interdependence

If not democracy alone may not the spread of democracy combined with thetightening of national interdependence fulll the prescription for peace offeredby nineteenth-century liberals and so often repeated today24 To the suppos-edly peaceful inclination of democracies interdependence adds the propulsivepower of the prot motive Democratic states may increasingly devote them-selves to the pursuit of peace and prots The trading state is replacing thepolitical-military state and the power of the market now rivals or surpassesthe power of the state or so some believe25

Before World War I Norman Angell believed that wars would not be foughtbecause they would not pay yet Germany and Britain each other rsquos second-best customers fought a long and bloody war26 Interdependence in some wayspromotes peace by multiplying contacts among states and contributing tomutual understanding It also multiplies the occasions for conicts that maypromote resentment and even war27 Close interdependence is a condition inwhich one party can scarcely move without jostling others a small pushripples through society The closer the social bonds the more extreme the effectbecomes and one cannot sensibly pursue an interest without taking othersrsquointerests into account One country is then inclined to treat another countryrsquosacts as events within its own polity and to attempt to control them

That interdependence promotes war as well as peace has been said oftenenough What requires emphasis is that either way among the forces thatshape international politics interdependence is a weak one Interdependencewithin modern states is much closer than it is across states The Soviet economywas planned so that its far-ung parts would be not just interdependent butintegrated Huge factories depended for their output on products exchanged

24 Strongly afrmative answers are given by John R Oneal and Bruce Russett ldquoAssessing theLiberal Peace with Alternative Specications Trade Still Reduces Conictrdquo Journal of Peace ResearchVol 36 No 4 (July 1999) pp 423ndash442 and Russett Oneal and David R Davis ldquoThe Third Legof the Kantian Tripod for Peace International Organizations and Militarized Disputes 1950ndash85rdquoInternational Organization Vol 52 No 3 (Summer 1998) pp 441ndash46725 Richard Rosecrance The Rise of the Trading State Commerce and Coalitions in the Modern World(New York Basic Books 1986) and at times Susan Strange The Retreat of the State The Diffusion ofPower in the World Economy (New York Cambridge University Press 1996)26 Norman Angell The Great Illusion 4th rev and enlarged ed (New York Putnamrsquos 1913)27 Katherine Barbieri ldquoEconomic Interdependence A Path to Peace or a Source of InterstateConictrdquo Journal of Peace Research Vol 33 No 1 (February 1996) Lawrence Keely War beforeCivilization The Myth of the Peaceful Savage (New York Oxford University Press 1996) p 196 showsthat with increases of trade and intermarriage among tribes war became more frequent

International Security 251 14

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 11: Waltz Structural Realism

with others Despite the tight integration of the Soviet economy the state fellapart Yugoslavia provides another stark illustration Once external politicalpressure lessened internal economic interests were too weak to hold thecountry together One must wonder whether economic interdependence ismore effect than cause Internally interdependence becomes so close thatintegration is the proper word to describe it Interdependence becomes inte-gration because internally the expectation that peace will prevail and orderwill be preserved is high Externally goods and capital ow freely where peaceamong countries appears to be reliably established Interdependence likeintegration depends on other conditions It is more a dependent than anindependent variable States if they can afford to shy away from becomingexcessively dependent on goods and resources that may be denied them incrises and wars States take measures such as Japanrsquos managed trade to avoidexcessive dependence on others28

The impulse to protect onersquos identitymdashcultural and political as well aseconomicmdashfrom encroachment by others is strong When it seems that rdquowewill sink or swim togetherldquo swimming separately looks attractive to those ableto do it From Plato onward utopias were set in isolation from neighbors sothat people could construct their collective life uncontaminated by contact withothers With zero interdependence neither conict nor war is possible Withintegration international becomes national politics29 The zone in between isa gray one with the effects of interdependence sometimes good providingthe benets of divided labor mutual understanding and cultural enrichmentand sometimes bad leading to protectionism mutual resentment conict andwar

The uneven effects of interdependence with some parties to it gaining moreothers gaining less are obscured by the substitution of Robert Keohanersquos andJoseph Nyersquos term rdquoasymmetric interdependenceldquo for relations of dependenceand independence among states30 Relatively independent states are in astronger position than relatively dependent ones If I depend more on you thanyou depend on me you have more ways of inuencing me and affecting my

28 On states managing interdependence to avoid excessive dependence see especially RobertGilpin The Political Economy of International Relations (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press1987) chap 10 and Suzanne Berger and Ronald Dore eds National Diversity and Global Capitalism(Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1996)29 Cf Kenneth N Waltz in Steven L Spiegel and Waltz eds Conict in World Politics (CambridgeMass Winthrop 1971) chap 1330 Robert O Keohane and Joseph S Nye Power and Interdependence 2d ed (New York Harper-Collins 1989)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 15

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 12: Waltz Structural Realism

fate than I have of affecting yours Interdependence suggests a condition ofroughly equal dependence of parties on one another Omitting the wordldquodependencerdquo blunts the inequalities that mark the relations of states andmakes them all seem to be on the same footing Much of international as ofnational politics is about inequalities Separating one ldquoissue areardquo from othersand emphasizing that weak states have advantages in some of them reducesthe sense of inequality Emphasizing the low fungibility of power furthers theeffect If power is not very fungible weak states may have decisive advantageson some issues Again the effects of inequality are blunted But power notvery fungible for weak states is very fungible for strong ones The history ofAmerican foreign policy since World War II is replete with examples of howthe United States used its superior economic capability to promote its politicaland security interests31

In a 1970 essay I described interdependence as an ideology used by Ameri-cans to camouage the great leverage the United States enjoys in internationalpolitics by making it seem that strong and weak rich and poor nations aresimilarly entangled in a thick web of interdependence32 In her recent bookThe Retreat of the State Susan Strange reached the same conclusion but by anodd route Her argument is that rdquothe progressive integration of the worldeconomy through international production has shifted the balance of poweraway from states and toward world marketsldquo She advances three propositionsin support of her argument (1) power has rdquoshifted upward from weak statesto stronger onesldquo having global or regional reach (2) power has rdquoshiftedsideways from states to markets and thus to non-state authorities derivingpower from their market sharesldquo and (3) some power has rdquoevaporatedldquo withno one exercising it33 In international politics with no central authority powerdoes sometimes slip away and sometimes move sideways to markets Whenserious slippage occurs however stronger states step in to reverse it and rmsof the stronger states control the largest market shares anyway One may doubtwhether markets any more escape the control of major states now than they

31 Keohane and Nye are on both sides of the issue See for example ibid p 28 Keohaneemphasized that power is not very fungible in Keohane ed ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquo Neorealismand Its Critics (New York Columbia University Press 1986) and see Kenneth N Waltz ldquoReectionon Theory of International Politics A Response to My Criticsrdquo in ibid Robert J Art analyzes thefungibility of power in detail See Art ldquoAmerican Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of ForcerdquoSecurity Studies Vol 5 No 4 (Summer 1996)32 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Myth of National Interdependencerdquo in Charles P Kindleberger edThe International Corporation (Cambridge Mass MIT Press 1970)33 Strange Retreat of the State pp 46 189

International Security 251 16

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 13: Waltz Structural Realism

did in the nineteenth century or earliermdashperhaps less so since the competenceof states has increased at least in proportion to increases in the size andcomplications of markets Anyone realist or not might think Strangersquos rstproposition is the important one Never since the Roman Empire has powerbeen so concentrated in one state Despite believing that power has movedfrom states to markets Strange recognized reality She observed near thebeginning of her book that the rdquoauthoritymdashthe lsquopower over rsquo global outcomesenjoyed by American society and therefore indirectly by the United Statesgovernmentmdashis still superior to that of any other society or any other govern-mentldquo And near the end she remarked that the rdquoauthority of governmentstends to over-rule the caution of marketsldquo If one wondered which governmentshe had in mind she answered immediately rdquoThe fate of Mexico is decidedin Washington more than Wall Street And the International Monetary Fund(IMF) is obliged to follow the American lead despite the misgivings of Ger-many or Japanldquo34

The history of the past two centuries has been one of central governmentsacquiring more and more power Alexis de Tocqueville observed during hisvisit to the United States in 1831 that rdquothe Federal Government scarcely everinterferes in any but foreign affairs and the governments of the states in realitydirect society in Americaldquo35 After World War II governments in WesternEurope disposed of about a quarter of their peoplesrsquo income The proportionnow is more than half At a time when Americans Britons Russians andChinese were decrying the control of the state over their lives it was puzzlingto be told that states were losing control over their external affairs Losingcontrol one wonders as compared to when Weak states have lost some oftheir inuence and control over external matters but strong states have notlost theirs The patterns are hardly new ones In the eighteenth and nineteenthcenturies the strongest state with the longest reach intervened all over theglobe and built historyrsquos most extensive empire In the twentieth century thestrongest state with the longest reach repeated Britainrsquos interventionist behav-ior and since the end of the Cold War on an ever widening scale withoutbuilding an empire The absence of empire hardly means however that theextent of Americarsquos inuence and control over the actions of others is oflesser moment The withering away of the power of the state whether inter-

34 Ibid pp 25 19235 Alexis de Tocqueville Democracy in America ed JP Mayer trans George Lawrence (New YorkHarper Perennial 1988) p 446 n 1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 17

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 14: Waltz Structural Realism

nally or externally is more of a wish and an illusion than a reality in most ofthe world

Under the Pax Britannica the interdependence of states became unusuallyclose which to many portended a peaceful and prosperous future Instead aprolonged period of war autarky and more war followed The internationaleconomic system constructed under American auspices after World War II andlater amended to suit its purposes may last longer but then again it may notThe character of international politics changes as national interdependencetightens or loosens Yet even as relations vary states have to take care ofthemselves as best they can in an anarchic environment Internationally thetwentieth century for the most part was an unhappy one In its last quarterthe clouds lifted a little but twenty-ve years is a slight base on which toground optimistic conclusions Not only are the effects of close interdepend-ence problematic but so also is its durability

The Limited Role of International Institutions

One of the charges hurled at realist theory is that it depreciates the importanceof institutions The charge is justied and the strange case of NATOrsquos (theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organizationrsquos) outliving its purpose shows why realistsbelieve that international institutions are shaped and limited by the states thatfound and sustain them and have little independent effect Liberal institution-alists paid scant attention to organizations designed to buttress the security ofstates until contrary to expectations inferred from realist theories NATO notonly survived the end of the Cold War but went on to add new members andto promise to embrace still more Far from invalidating realist theory or castingdoubt on it however the recent history of NATO illustrates the subordinationof international institutions to national purposes

explaining international institutionsThe nature and purposes of institutions change as structures vary In the oldmultipolar world the core of an alliance consisted of a small number of statesof comparable capability Their contributions to one anotherrsquos security were ofcrucial importance because they were of similar size Because major allies wereclosely interdependent militarily the defection of one would have made itspartners vulnerable to a competing alliance The members of opposing alli-ances before World War I were tightly knit because of their mutual dependenceIn the new bipolar world the word rdquoallianceldquo took on a different meaningOne country the United States or the Soviet Union provided most of the

International Security 251 18

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 15: Waltz Structural Realism

security for its bloc The withdrawal of France from NATOrsquos command struc-ture and the defection of China from the Soviet bloc failed even to tilt thecentral balance Early in the Cold War Americans spoke with alarm about thethreat of monolithic communism arising from the combined strength of theSoviet Union and China yet the blocrsquos disintegration caused scarcely a rippleAmerican ofcials did not proclaim that with Chinarsquos defection Americarsquosdefense budget could safely be reduced by 20 or 10 percent or even be reducedat all Similarly when France stopped playing its part in NATOrsquos militaryplans American ofcials did not proclaim that defense spending had to beincreased for that reason Properly speaking NATO and the WTO (WarsawTreaty Organization) were treaties of guarantee rather than old-style militaryalliances36

Glenn Snyder has remarked that ldquoalliances have no meaning apart from theadversary threat to which they are a responserdquo37 I expected NATO to dwindleat the Cold Warrsquos end and ultimately to disappear38 In a basic sense theexpectation has been borne out NATO is no longer even a treaty of guaranteebecause one cannot answer the question guarantee against whom Functionsvary as structures change as does the behavior of units Thus the end of theCold War quickly changed the behavior of allied countries In early July of1990 NATO announced that the alliance would ldquoelaborate new force plansconsistent with the revolutionary changes in Europerdquo39 By the end of Julywithout waiting for any such plans the major European members of NATOunilaterally announced large reductions in their force levels Even the pretenseof continuing to act as an alliance in setting military policy disappeared

With its old purpose dead and the individual and collective behavior of itsmembers altered accordingly how does one explain NATOrsquos survival andexpansion Institutions are hard to create and set in motion but once createdinstitutionalists claim they may take on something of a life of their own theymay begin to act with a measure of autonomy becoming less dependent onthe wills of their sponsors and members NATO supposedly validates thesethoughts

Organizations especially big ones with strong traditions have long livesThe March of Dimes is an example sometimes cited Having won the war

36 See Kenneth N Waltz ldquoInternational Structure National Force and the Balance of WorldPowerrdquo Journal of International Affairs Vol 21 No 2 (1967) p 21937 Glenn H Snyder Alliance Politics (Ithaca NY Cornell University Press 1997) p 19238 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo International SecurityVol 18 No 2 (Fall 1993) pp 75ndash7639 John Roper ldquoShaping Strategy without the Threatrdquo Adephi Paper No 257 (London Interna-tional Institute for Strategic Studies Winter 199091) pp 80ndash81

Structural Realism after the Cold War 19

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 16: Waltz Structural Realism

against polio its mission was accomplished Nevertheless it cast about for anew malady to cure or contain Even though the most appealing onesmdashcancerdiseases of the heart and lungs multiple sclerosis and cystic brosismdashwerealready taken it did nd a worthy cause to pursue the amelioration of birthdefects One can fairly claim that the March of Dimes enjoys continuity as anorganization pursuing an end consonant with its original purpose How canone make such a claim for NATO

The question of purpose may not be a very important one create an organi-zation and it will nd something to do40 Once created and the more so onceit has become well established an organization becomes hard to get rid of Abig organization is managed by large numbers of bureaucrats who develop astrong interest in its perpetuation According to Gunther Hellmann and Rein-hard Wolf in 1993 NATO headquarters was manned by 2640 ofcials most ofwhom presumably wanted to keep their jobs41 The durability of NATO evenas the structure of international politics has changed and the old purpose ofthe organization has disappeared is interpreted by institutionalists as evidencestrongly arguing for the autonomy and vitality of institutions

The institutionalist interpretation misses the point NATO is rst of all atreaty made by states A deeply entrenched international bureaucracy can helpto sustain the organization but states determine its fate Liberal institutional-ists take NATOrsquos seeming vigor as conrmation of the importance of interna-tional institutions and as evidence of their resilience Realists noticing that asan alliance NATO has lost its major function see it mainly as a means ofmaintaining and lengthening Americarsquos grip on the foreign and military poli-cies of European states John Kornblum US senior deputy to the undersecre-tary of state for European affairs neatly described NATOrsquos new role ldquoTheAlliancerdquo he wrote ldquoprovides a vehicle for the application of American powerand vision to the security order in Europerdquo42 The survival and expansion ofNATO tell us much about American power and inuence and little aboutinstitutions as multilateral entities The ability of the United States to extendthe life of a moribund institution nicely illustrates how international institu-tions are created and maintained by stronger states to serve their perceived ormisperceived interests

40 Joseph A Schumpeter writing of armies put it this way ldquocreated by wars that required it themachine now created the wars it requiredrdquo ldquoThe Sociology of Imperialismrdquo in Schumpeter Imperialismand Social Classes (New York Meridian Books 1955) p 25 (emphasis in original)41 Gunther Hellmann and Reinhard Wolf ldquoNeorealism Neoliberal Institutionalism and theFuture of NATOrdquo Security Studies Vol 3 No 1 (Autumn 1993) p 2042 John Kornblum ldquoNATOrsquos Second Half CenturymdashTasks for an Alliancerdquo NATO on Track for the21st Century Conference Report (The Hague Netherlands Atlantic Commission 1994) p 14

International Security 251 20

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 17: Waltz Structural Realism

The Bush administration saw and the Clinton administration continued tosee NATO as the instrument for maintaining Americarsquos domination of theforeign and military policies of European states In 1991 US Undersecretaryof State Reginald Bartholomewrsquos letter to the governments of European mem-bers of NATO warned against Europersquos formulating independent positions ondefense France and Germany had thought that a European security anddefense identity might be developed within the EU and that the WesternEuropean Union formed in 1954 could be revived as the instrument for itsrealization The Bush administration quickly squelched these ideas The dayafter the signing of the Maastricht Treaty in December of 1991 PresidentGeorge Bush could say with satisfaction that ldquowe are pleased that our Alliesin the Western European Union decided to strengthen that institution asboth NATOrsquos European pillar and the defense component of the EuropeanUnionrdquo43

The European pillar was to be contained within NATO and its policies wereto be made in Washington Weaker states have trouble fashioning institutionsto serve their own ends in their own ways especially in the security realmThink of the defeat of the European Defense Community in 1954 despiteAmericarsquos support of it and the inability of the Western European Union inthe more than four decades of its existence to nd a signicant role inde-pendent of the United States Realism reveals what liberal institutionalistldquotheoryrdquo obscures namely that international institutions serve primarily na-tional rather than international interests44 Robert Keohane and Lisa Martinreplying to John Mearsheimerrsquos criticism of liberal institutionalism ask Howare we ldquoto account for the willingness of major states to invest resources inexpanding international institutions if such institutions are lacking in sig-nicancerdquo45 If the answer were not already obvious the expansion of NATOwould make it so to serve what powerful states believe to be their interests

With the administrationrsquos Bosnian policy in trouble Clinton needed to showhimself an effective foreign policy leader With the national heroes Lech Walesaand Vaclav Havel clamoring for their countriesrsquo inclusion foreclosing NATOmembership would have handed another issue to the Republican Party in the

43 Mark S Sheetz ldquoCorrespondence Debating the Unipolar Momentrdquo International Security Vol22 No 3 (Winter 199798) p 170 and Mike Winnerstig ldquoRethinking Alliance Dynamicsrdquo paperpresented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Washington DC March18ndash22 1997 at p 2344 Cf Alan S Milward The European Rescue of the Nation-State (Berkeley University of CaliforniaPress 1992)45 Robert O Keohane and Lisa L Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo InternationalSecurity Vol 20 No 1 (Summer 1995) p 40

Structural Realism after the Cold War 21

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 18: Waltz Structural Realism

congressional elections of 1994 To tout NATOrsquos eastward march PresidentClinton gave major speeches in Milwaukee Cleveland and Detroit cities withsignicant numbers of East European voters46 Votes and dollars are the life-blood of American politics New members of NATO will be required to im-prove their military infrastructure and to buy modern weapons The Americanarms industry expecting to capture its usual large share of a new market haslobbied heavily in favor of NATOrsquos expansion47

The reasons for expanding NATO are weak The reasons for opposingexpansion are strong48 It draws new lines of division in Europe alienates thoseleft out and can nd no logical stopping place west of Russia It weakens thoseRussians most inclined toward liberal democracy and a market economy Itstrengthens Russians of the opposite inclination It reduces hope for furtherlarge reductions of nuclear weaponry It pushes Russia toward China insteadof drawing Russia toward Europe and America NATO led by Americascarcely considered the plight of its defeated adversary Throughout modernhistory Russia has been rebuffed by the West isolated and at times sur-rounded Many Russians believe that by expanding NATO brazenly brokepromises it made in 1990 and 1991 that former WTO members would not beallowed to join NATO With good reason Russians fear that NATO will notonly admit additional old members of the WTO but also former republics ofthe Soviet Union In 1997 NATO held naval exercises with Ukraine in the BlackSea with more joint exercises to come and announced plans to use a militarytesting ground in western Ukraine In June of 1998 Zbigniew Brzezinski wentto Kiev with the message that Ukraine should prepare itself to join NATO bythe year 201049 The farther NATO intrudes into the Soviet Unionrsquos old arenathe more Russia is forced to look to the east rather than to the west

The expansion of NATO extends its military interests enlarges its responsi-bilities and increases its burdens Not only do new members require NATOrsquosprotection they also heighten its concern over destabilizing events near their

46 James M Goldgeier ldquoNATO Expansion The Anatomy of a Decisionrdquo Washington QuarterlyVol 21 No 1 (Winter 1998) pp 94ndash95 And see his Not Whether but When The US Decision toEnlarge NATO (Washington DC Brookings 1999)47 William D Hartung ldquoWelfare for Weapons Dealers 1998 The Hidden Costs of NATO Expan-sionrdquo (New York New School for Social Research World Policy Institute March 1998) and JeffGerth and Tim Weiner ldquoArms Makers See Bonanza in Selling NATO Expansionrdquo New York TimesJune 29 1997 p I 848 See Michael E Brown ldquoThe Flawed Logic of Expansionrdquo Survival Vol 37 No 1 (Spring 1995)pp 34ndash52 Michael Mandelbaum The Dawn of Peace in Europe (New York Twentieth Century FundPress 1996) Philip Zelikow ldquoThe Masque of Institutionsrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 1 (Spring 1996)49 JL Black Russia Faces NATO Expansion Bearing Gifts or Bearing Arms (Lanham Md Rowmanand Littleeld 2000) pp 5ndash35 175ndash201

International Security 251 22

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 19: Waltz Structural Realism

borders Thus Balkan eruptions become a NATO and not just a Europeanconcern In the absence of European initiative Americans believe they mustlead the way because the credibility of NATO is at stake Balkan operations inthe air and even more so on the ground exacerbate differences of interestamong NATO members and strain the alliance European members marvel atthe surveillance and communications capabilities of the United States andstand in awe of the modern military forces at its command Aware of theirweaknesses Europeans express determination to modernize their forces andto develop their ability to deploy them independently Europersquos reaction toAmericarsquos Balkan operations duplicates its determination to remedy decien-cies revealed in 1991 during the Gulf War a determination that produced fewresults

Will it be different this time Perhaps yet if European states do achieve theirgoals of creating a 60000 strong rapid reaction force and enlarging the role ofthe WEU the tension between a NATO controlled by the United States and aNATO allowing for independent European action will again be bothersomeIn any event the prospect of militarily bogging down in the Balkans tests thealliance and may indenitely delay its further expansion Expansion buystrouble and mounting troubles may bring expansion to a halt

European conditions and Russian opposition work against the eastwardextension of NATO Pressing in the opposite direction is the momentum ofAmerican expansion The momentum of expansion has often been hard tobreak a thought borne out by the empires of Republican Rome of CzaristRussia and of Liberal Britain

One is often reminded that the United States is not just the dominant powerin the world but that it is a liberal dominant power True the motivations ofthe articers of expansionmdashPresident Clinton National Security AdviserAnthony Lake and othersmdashwere to nurture democracy in young fragilelong-suffering countries One may wonder however why this should be anAmerican rather than a European task and why a military rather than apolitical-economic organization should be seen as the appropriate means forcarrying it out The task of building democracy is not a military one Themilitary security of new NATO members is not in jeopardy their politicaldevelopment and economic well-being are In 1997 US Assistant Secretary ofDefense Franklin D Kramer told the Czech defense ministry that it wasspending too little on defense50 Yet investing in defense slows economicgrowth By common calculation defense spending stimulates economic growth

50 Ibid p 72

Structural Realism after the Cold War 23

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 20: Waltz Structural Realism

about half as much as direct investment in the economy In Eastern Europeeconomic not military security is the problem and entering a military alliancecompounds it

Using the example of NATO to reect on the relevance of realism after theCold War leads to some important conclusions The winner of the Cold Warand the sole remaining great power has behaved as unchecked powers haveusually done In the absence of counterweights a countryrsquos internal impulsesprevail whether fueled by liberal or by other urges The error of realistpredictions that the end of the Cold War would mean the end of NATO arosenot from a failure of realist theory to comprehend international politics butfrom an underestimation of Americarsquos folly The survival and expansion ofNATO illustrate not the defects but the limitations of structural explanationsStructures shape and shove they do not determine the actions of states A statethat is stronger than any other can decide for itself whether to conform itspolicies to structural pressures and whether to avail itself of the opportunitiesthat structural change offers with little fear of adverse affects in the short run

Do liberal institutionalists provide better leverage for explaining NATOrsquossurvival and expansion According to Keohane and Martin realists insist ldquothatinstitutions have only marginal effectsrdquo51 On the contrary realists have noticedthat whether institutions have strong or weak effects depends on what statesintend Strong states use institutions as they interpret laws in ways that suitthem Thus Susan Strange in pondering the statersquos retreat observes thatldquointernational organization is above all a tool of national government aninstrument for the pursuit of national interest by other meansrdquo52

Interestingly Keohane and Martin in their effort to refute Mearsheimer rsquostrenchant criticism of institutional theory in effect agree with him Havingclaimed that his realism is ldquonot well speciedrdquo they note that ldquoinstitutionaltheory conceptualizes institutions both as independent and dependent vari-ablesrdquo53 Dependent on whatmdashon ldquothe realities of power and interestrdquo Insti-tutions it turns out ldquomake a signicant difference in conjunction with powerrealitiesrdquo54 Yes Liberal institutionalism as Mearsheimer says ldquois no longer aclear alternative to realism but has in fact been swallowed up by itrdquo55 Indeedit never was an alternative to realism Institutionalist theory as Keohane has

51 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo pp 42 4652 Strange Retreat of the State p xiv and see pp 192ndash193 Cf Carr The Twenty Yearsrsquo Crisis p107 ldquointernational government is in effect government by that state which supplies the powernecessary for the purpose of governingrdquo53 Keohane and Martin ldquoThe Promise of Institutionalist Theoryrdquo p 4654 Ibid p 4255 Mearsheimer ldquoA Realist Replyrdquo p 85

International Security 251 24

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 21: Waltz Structural Realism

stressed has as its core structural realism which Keohane and Nye sought ldquotobroadenrdquo56 The institutional approach starts with structural theory applies itto the origins and operations of institutions and unsurprisingly ends withrealist conclusions

Alliances illustrate the weaknesses of institutionalism with special clarityInstitutional theory attributes to institutions causal effects that mostly originatewithin states The case of NATO nicely illustrates this shortcoming Keohanehas remarked that ldquoalliances are institutions and both their durability andstrength may depend in part on their institutional characteristicsrdquo57 In partI suppose but one must wonder in how large a part The Triple Alliance andthe Triple Entente were quite durable They lasted not because of allianceinstitutions there hardly being any but because the core members of eachalliance looked outward and saw a pressing threat to their security Previousalliances did not lack institutions because states had failed to gure out howto construct bureaucracies Previous alliances lacked institutions because inthe absence of a hegemonic leader balancing continued within as wellas across alliances NATO lasted as a military alliance as long as the SovietUnion appeared to be a direct threat to its members It survives and expandsnow not because of its institutions but mainly because the United States wantsit to

NATOrsquos survival also exposes an interesting aspect of balance-of-powertheory Robert Art has argued forcefully that without NATO and withoutAmerican troops in Europe European states will lapse into a ldquosecurity com-petitionrdquo among themselves58 As he emphasizes this is a realist expectationIn his view preserving NATO and maintaining Americarsquos leading role in itare required in order to prevent a security competition that would promoteconict within and impair the institutions of the European Union NATO nowis an anomaly the dampening of intra-alliance tension is the main task leftand it is a task not for the alliance but for its leader The secondary task of analliance intra-alliance management continues to be performed by the UnitedStates even though the primary task defense against an external enemy hasdisappeared The point is worth pondering but I need to say here only that it

56 Keohane and Nye Power and Interdependence p 251 cf Keohane ldquoTheory of World Politicsrdquoin Keohane Neorealism and Its Critics p 193 where he describes his approach as a ldquomodiedstructural research programrdquo57 Robert O Keohane International Institutions and State Power Essays in International RelationsTheory (Boulder Colo Westview 1989) p 1558 Robert J Art ldquoWhy Western Europe Needs the United States and NATOrdquo Political ScienceQuarterly Vol 111 No 1 (Spring 1996)

Structural Realism after the Cold War 25

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 22: Waltz Structural Realism

further illustrates the dependence of international institutions on nationaldecisions Balancing among states is not inevitable As in Europe a hegemonicpower may suppress it As a high-level European diplomat put it ldquoit is notacceptable that the lead nation be European A European power broker is ahegemonic power We can agree on US leadership but not on one of ourownrdquo59 Accepting the leadership of a hegemonic power prevents a balance ofpower from emerging in Europe and better the hegemonic power should beat a distance than next door

Keohane believes that ldquoavoiding military conict in Europe after the ColdWar depends greatly on whether the next decade is characterized by a con-tinuous pattern of institutionalized cooperationrdquo60 If one accepts the conclu-sion the question remains What or who sustains the rdquopattern ofinstitutionalized cooperationldquo Realists know the answer

international institutions and national aimsWhat is true of NATO holds for international institutions generally The effectsthat international institutions may have on national decisions are but one stepremoved from the capabilities and intentions of the major state or states thatgave them birth and sustain them The Bretton Woods system strongly affectedindividual states and the conduct of international affairs But when the UnitedStates found that the system no longer served its interests the Nixon shocksof 1971 were administered International institutions are created by the morepowerful states and the institutions survive in their original form as long asthey serve the major interests of their creators or are thought to do so rdquoThenature of institutional arrangementsldquo as Stephen Krasner put it rdquois betterexplained by the distribution of national power capabilities than by efforts tosolve problems of market failureldquo61mdashor I would add by anything else

Either international conventions treaties and institutions remain close to theunderlying distribution of national capabilities or they court failure62 Citingexamples from the past 350 years Krasner found that in all of the instances rdquoitwas the value of strong states that dictated rules that were applied in a

59 Quoted in ibid p 3660 Robert O Keohane ldquoThe Diplomacy of Structural Change Multilateral Institutions and StateStrategiesrdquo in Helga Haftendorn and Christian Tuschhoff eds America and Europe in an Era ofChange (Boulder Colo Westview 1993) p 5361 Stephen D Krasner ldquoGlobal Communications and National Power Life on the Pareto FrontierrdquoWorld Politics Vol 43 No 1 (April 1991) p 23462 Stephen D Krasner Structural Conict The Third World against Global Liberalism (BerkeleyUniversity of California 1985) p 263 and passim

International Security 251 26

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 23: Waltz Structural Realism

discriminating fashion only to the weakldquo63 The sovereignty of nations auniversally recognized international institution hardly stands in the way of astrong nation that decides to intervene in a weak one Thus according to asenior ofcial the Reagan administration rdquodebated whether we had the rightto dictate the form of another countryrsquos government The bottom line was yesthat some rights are more fundamental than the right of nations to noninter-vention We donrsquot have the right to subvert a democracy but we do havethe right against an undemocratic oneldquo64 Most international law is obeyedmost of the time but strong states bend or break laws when they choose to

Balancing Power Not Today but Tomorrow

With so many of the expectations that realist theory gives rise to conrmed bywhat happened at and after the end of the Cold War one may wonder whyrealism is in bad repute65 A key proposition derived from realist theory is thatinternational politics reects the distribution of national capabilities a propo-sition daily borne out Another key proposition is that the balancing of powerby some states against others recurs Realist theory predicts that balancesdisrupted will one day be restored A limitation of the theory a limitationcommon to social science theories is that it cannot say when WilliamWohlforth argues that though restoration will take place it will be a long timecoming66 Of necessity realist theory is better at saying what will happen thanin saying when it will happen Theory cannot say when ldquotomorrowrdquo will comebecause international political theory deals with the pressures of structure onstates and not with how states will respond to the pressures The latter is atask for theories about how national governments respond to pressures onthem and take advantage of opportunities that may be present One doeshowever observe balancing tendencies already taking place

Upon the demise of the Soviet Union the international political systembecame unipolar In the light of structural theory unipolarity appears as theleast durable of international congurations This is so for two main reasons

63 Stephen D Krasner ldquoInternational Political Economy Abiding Discordrdquo Review of InternationalPolitical Economy Vol 1 No 1 (Spring 1994) p 1664 Quoted in Robert Tucker Intervention and the Reagan Doctrine (New York Council on Religiousand International Affairs 1985) p 565 Robert Gilpin explains the oddity See Gilpin ldquoNo One Leaves a Political Realistrdquo SecurityStudies Vol 5 No 3 (Spring 1996) pp 3ndash2866 William C Wohlforth ldquoThe Stability of a Unipolar Worldrdquo International Security Vol 24 No1 (Summer 1999) pp 5ndash41

Structural Realism after the Cold War 27

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 24: Waltz Structural Realism

One is that dominant powers take on too many tasks beyond their ownborders thus weakening themselves in the long run Ted Robert Gurr afterexamining 336 polities reached the same conclusion that Robert Wesson hadreached earlier rdquoImperial decay is primarily a result of the misuse of powerwhich follows inevitably from its concentrationldquo67 The other reason for theshort duration of unipolarity is that even if a dominant power behaves withmoderation restraint and forbearance weaker states will worry about itsfuture behavior Americarsquos founding fathers warned against the perils of powerin the absence of checks and balances Is unbalanced power less of a dangerin international than in national politics Throughout the Cold War what theUnited States and the Soviet Union did and how they interacted were domi-nant factors in international politics The two countries however constrainedeach other Now the United States is alone in the world As nature abhors avacuum so international politics abhors unbalanced power Faced with unbal-anced power some states try to increase their own strength or they ally withothers to bring the international distribution of power into balance The reac-tions of other states to the drive for dominance of Charles V Hapsburg rulerof Spain of Louis XIV and Napoleon I of France of Wilhelm II and AdolphHitler of Germany illustrate the point

the behavior of dominant powersWill the preponderant power of the United States elicit similar reactionsUnbalanced power whoever wields it is a potential danger to others Thepowerful state may and the United States does think of itself as acting for thesake of peace justice and well-being in the world These terms however aredened to the liking of the powerful which may conict with the preferencesand interests of others In international politics overwhelming power repelsand leads others to try to balance against it With benign intent the UnitedStates has behaved and until its power is brought into balance will continueto behave in ways that sometimes frighten others

For almost half a century the constancy of the Soviet threat produced aconstancy of American policy Other countries could rely on the United Statesfor protection because protecting them seemed to serve American securityinterests Even so beginning in the 1950s Western European countries and

67 Quoted in Ted Robert Gurr ldquoPersistence and Change in Political Systems 1800ndash1971rdquo Ameri-can Political Science Review Vol 68 No 4 (December 1974) p 1504 from Robert G Wesson TheImperial Order (Berkeley University of California Press 1967) unpaginated preface Cf PaulKennedy The Rise and Fall of Great Powers Economic Change and Military Conict from 1500 to 2000(New York Random House 1987)

International Security 251 28

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 25: Waltz Structural Realism

beginning in the 1970s Japan had increasing doubts about the reliability of theAmerican nuclear deterrent As Soviet strength increased Western Europeancountries began to wonder whether the United States could be counted on touse its deterrent on their behalf thus risking its own cities When PresidentJimmy Carter moved to reduce American troops in South Korea and laterwhen the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan and strengthened its forces in theFar East Japan developed similar worries

With the disappearance of the Soviet Union the United States no longerfaces a major threat to its security As General Colin Powell said when he waschairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff rdquoIrsquom running out of demons Irsquom runningout of enemies Irsquom down to Castro and Kim Il Sungldquo68 Constancy of threatproduces constancy of policy absence of threat permits policy to becomecapricious When few if any vital interests are endangered a countryrsquos policybecomes sporadic and self-willed

The absence of serious threats to American security gives the UnitedStates wide latitude in making foreign policy choices A dominant poweracts internationally only when the spirit moves it One example is enoughto show this When Yugoslaviarsquos collapse was followed by genocidal warin successor states the United States failed to respond until Senator RobertDole moved to make Bosniarsquos peril an issue in the forthcoming presidentialelection and it acted not for the sake of its own security but to maintainits leadership position in Europe American policy was generated not byexternal security interests but by internal political pressure and nationalambition

Aside from specic threats it may pose unbalanced power leaves weakerstates feeling uneasy and gives them reason to strengthen their positions TheUnited States has a long history of intervening in weak states often with theintention of bringing democracy to them American behavior over the pastcentury in Central America provides little evidence of self-restraint in theabsence of countervailing power Contemplating the history of the UnitedStates and measuring its capabilities other countries may well wish for waysto fend off its benign ministrations Concentrated power invites distrust be-cause it is so easily misused To understand why some states want to bringpower into a semblance of balance is easy but with power so sharply skewedwhat country or group of countries has the material capability and the politicalwill to bring the rdquounipolar momentldquo to an end

68 rdquoCover Story Communismrsquos Collapse Poses a Challenge to Americarsquos Militaryrdquo US Newsand World Report October 14 1991 p 28

Structural Realism after the Cold War 29

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 26: Waltz Structural Realism

balancing power in a unipolar worldThe expectation that following victory in a great war a new balance of powerwill form is rmly grounded in both history and theory The last four grandcoalitions (two against Napoleon and one in each of the world wars of thetwentieth century) collapsed once victory was achieved Victories in majorwars leave the balance of power badly skewed The winning side emerges asa dominant coalition The international equilibrium is broken theory leads oneto expect its restoration

Clearly something has changed Some believe that the United States is sonice that despite the dangers of unbalanced power others do not feel the fearthat would spur them to action Michael Mastanduno among others believesthis to be so although he ends his article with the thought that rdquoeventuallypower will check powerldquo69 Others believe that the leaders of states havelearned that playing the game of power politics is costly and unnecessary Infact the explanation for sluggish balancing is a simple one In the aftermathof earlier great wars the materials for constructing a new balance were readilyat hand Previous wars left a sufcient number of great powers standing topermit a new balance to be rather easily constructed Theory enables one tosay that a new balance of power will form but not to say how long it will takeNational and international conditions determine that Those who refer to theunipolar moment are right In our perspective the new balance is emergingslowly in historical perspectives it will come in the blink of an eye

I ended a 1993 article this way rdquoOne may hope that Americarsquos internalpreoccupations will produce not an isolationist policy which has becomeimpossible but a forbearance that will give other countries at long last thechance to deal with their own problems and make their own mistakes But Iwould not bet on itldquo70 I should think that few would do so now CharlesKegley has said sensibly that if the world becomes multipolar once againrealists will be vindicated71 Seldom do signs of vindication appear sopromptly

The candidates for becoming the next great powers and thus restoring abalance are the European Union or Germany leading a coalition China Japanand in a more distant future Russia The countries of the European Union have

69 Michael Mastanduno ldquoPreserving the Unipolar Moment Realist Theories and US GrandStrategy after the Cold Warrdquo International Security Vol 21 No 4 (Spring 1997) p 88 See JosefJoffersquos interesting analysis of Americarsquos role rsquordquoBismarckrsquo or rsquoBritainrsquo Toward an American GrandStrategy after Bipolarityrdquo International Security Vol 19 No 4 (Spring 1995)70 Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of International Politicsrdquo p 7971 Charles W Kegley Jr ldquoThe Neoidealist Moment in International Studies Realist Myths andthe New International Realitiesrdquo International Studies Quarterly Vol 37 No 2 (June 1993) p 149

International Security 251 30

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 27: Waltz Structural Realism

been remarkably successful in integrating their national economies Theachievement of a large measure of economic integration without a correspond-ing political unity is an accomplishment without historical precedent Onquestions of foreign and military policy however the European Union can actonly with the consent of its members making bold or risky action impossibleThe European Union has all the toolsmdashpopulation resources technology andmilitary capabilitiesmdashbut lacks the organizational ability and the collective willto use them As Jacques Delors said when he was president of the EuropeanCommission rdquoIt will be for the European Council consisting of heads of stateand government to agree on the essential interests they share and whichthey will agree to defend and promote togetherldquo72 Policies that must be arrivedat by consensus can be carried out only when they are fairly inconsequentialInaction as Yugoslavia sank into chaos and war signaled that Europe will notact to stop wars even among near neighbors Western Europe was unable tomake its own foreign and military policies when its was an organization of sixor nine states living in fear of the Soviet Union With less pressure and moremembers it has even less hope of doing so now Only when the United Statesdecides on a policy have European countries been able to follow it

Europe may not remain in its supine position forever yet signs of funda-mental change in matters of foreign and military policy are faint Now asearlier European leaders express discontent with Europersquos secondary positionchafe at Americarsquos making most of the important decisions and show a desireto direct their own destiny French leaders often vent their frustration and pinefor a world as Foreign Minister Hubert Veacutedrine recently put it ldquoof severalpoles not just a single onerdquo President Jacques Chirac and Prime MinisterLionel Jospin call for a strengthening of such multilateral institutions as theInternational Monetary Fund and the United Nations although how thiswould diminish Americarsquos inuence is not explained More to the pointVeacutedrine complains that since President John Kennedy Americans have talkedof a European pillar for the alliance a pillar that is never built73 German andBritish leaders now more often express similar discontent Europe howeverwill not be able to claim a louder voice in alliance affairs unless it builds aplatform for giving it expression If Europeans ever mean to write a tune togo with their libretto they will have to develop the unity in foreign andmilitary affairs that they are achieving in economic matters If French and

72 Jacques Delors ldquoEuropean Integration and Securityrdquo Survival Vol 33 No 1 (MarchApril1991) p 10673 Craig R Whitney ldquoNATO at 50 With Nations at Odds Is It a Misalliancerdquo New York TimesFebruary 15 1999 p A1

Structural Realism after the Cold War 31

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 28: Waltz Structural Realism

British leaders decided to merge their nuclear forces to form the nucleus of aEuropean military organization the United States and the world will begin totreat Europe as a major force

The European Economic Community was formed in 1957 and has grownincrementally to its present proportions But where is the incremental route toa European foreign and military policy to be found European leaders havenot been able to nd it or even have tried very hard to do so In the absenceof radical change Europe will count for little in international politics for as farahead as the eye can see unless Germany becoming impatient decides to leada coalition

international structure and national responsesThroughout modern history international politics centered on Europe Twoworld wars ended Europersquos dominance Whether Europe will somehow some-day emerge as a great power is a matter for speculation In the meantime theall-but-inevitable movement from unipolarity to multipolarity is taking placenot in Europe but in Asia The internal development and the external reactionof China and Japan are steadily raising both countries to the great powerlevel74 China will emerge as a great power even without trying very hard solong as it remains politically united and competent Strategically China caneasily raise its nuclear forces to a level of parity with the United States if it hasnot already done so75 China has ve to seven intercontinental missiles (DF-5s)able to hit almost any American target and a dozen or more missiles able toreach the west coast of the United States (DF-4s)76 Liquid fueled immobilemissiles are vulnerable but would the United States risk the destruction ofsay Seattle San Francisco and San Diego if China happens to have a few moreDF-4s than the United States thinks or if it should fail to destroy all of themon the ground Deterrence is much easier to contrive than most Americanshave surmised Economically Chinarsquos growth rate given its present stage ofeconomic development can be sustained at 7 to 9 percent for another decadeor more Even during Asiarsquos near economic collapse of the 1990s Chinarsquosgrowth rate remained approximately in that range A growth rate of 7 to 9percent doubles a countryrsquos economy every ten to eight years

74 The following four pages are adapted from Waltz ldquoThe Emerging Structure of InternationalPoliticsrdquo75 Nuclear parity is reached when countries have second-strike forces It does not requirequantitative or qualitative equality of forces See Waltz ldquoNuclear Myths and Political RealitiesrdquoAmerican Political Science Review Vol 84 No 3 (September 1990)76 David E Sanger and Erik Eckholm ldquoWill Beijingrsquos Nuclear Arsenal Stay Small or Will ItMushroomrdquo New York Times March 15 1999 p A1

International Security 251 32

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 29: Waltz Structural Realism

Unlike China Japan is obviously reluctant to assume the mantle of a greatpower Its reluctance however is steadily though slowly waning Economi-cally Japanrsquos power has grown and spread remarkably The growth of acountryrsquos economic capability to the great power level places it at the centerof regional and global affairs It widens the range of a statersquos interests andincreases their importance The high volume of a countryrsquos external businessthrusts it ever more deeply into world affairs In a self-help system thepossession of most but not all of the capabilities of a great power leaves a statevulnerable to others that have the instruments that the lesser state lacks Eventhough one may believe that fears of nuclear blackmail are misplaced onemust wonder whether Japan will remain immune to them

Countries have always competed for wealth and security and the competi-tion has often led to conict Historically states have been sensitive to changingrelations of power among them Japan is made uneasy now by the steadygrowth of Chinarsquos military budget Its nearly 3 million strong army undergoingmodernization and the gradual growth of its sea- and air-power projectioncapabilities produce apprehension in all of Chinarsquos neighbors and add to thesense of instability in a region where issues of sovereignty and disputes overterritory abound The Korean peninsula has more military forces per squarekilometer than any other portion of the globe Taiwan is an unending sourceof tension Disputes exist between Japan and Russia over the Kurile Islandsand between Japan and China over the Senkaku or Diaoyu Islands Cambodiais a troublesome problem for both Vietnam and China Half a dozen countrieslay claim to all or some of the Spratly Islands strategically located and sup-posedly rich in oil The presence of Chinarsquos ample nuclear forces combinedwith the drawdown of American military forces can hardly be ignored byJapan the less so because economic conicts with the United States cast doubton the reliability of American military guarantees Reminders of Japanrsquos de-pendence and vulnerability multiply in large and small ways For example asrumors about North Korearsquos developing nuclear capabilities gained credenceJapan became acutely aware of its lack of observation satellites Uncomfortabledependencies and perceived vulnerabilities have led Japan to acquire greatermilitary capabilities even though many Japanese may prefer not to

Given the expectation of conict and the necessity of taking care of onersquosinterests one may wonder how any state with the economic capability of agreat power can refrain from arming itself with the weapons that have servedso well as the great deterrent For a country to choose not to become a greatpower is a structural anomaly For that reason the choice is a difcult one tosustain Sooner or later usually sooner the international status of countries has

Structural Realism after the Cold War 33

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 30: Waltz Structural Realism

risen in step with their material resources Countries with great power econo-mies have become great powers whether or not reluctantly Some countriesmay strive to become great powers others may wish to avoid doing so Thechoice however is a constrained one Because of the extent of their interestslarger units existing in a contentious arena tend to take on systemwide tasksProfound change in a countryrsquos international situation produces radical changein its external behavior After World War II the United States broke with itscenturies-long tradition of acting unilaterally and refusing to make long-termcommitments Japanrsquos behavior in the past half century reects the abruptchange in its international standing suffered because of its defeat in war In theprevious half century after victory over China in 1894ndash95 Japan pressed forpreeminence in Asia if not beyond Does Japan once again aspire to a largerrole internationally Its concerted regional activity its seeking and gainingprominence in such bodies as the IMF and the World Bank and its obviouspride in economic and technological achievements indicate that it does Thebehavior of states responds more to external conditions than to internal habitif external change is profound

When external conditions press rmly enough they shape the behavior ofstates Increasingly Japan is being pressed to enlarge its conventional forcesand to add nuclear ones to protect its interests India Pakistan China andperhaps North Korea have nuclear weapons capable of deterring others fromthreatening their vital interests How long can Japan live alongside othernuclear states while denying itself similar capabilities Conicts and crises arecertain to make Japan aware of the disadvantages of being without the militaryinstruments that other powers command Japanese nuclear inhibitions arisingfrom World War II will not last indenitely one may expect them to expire asgenerational memories fade

Japanese ofcials have indicated that when the protection of Americarsquosextended deterrent is no longer thought to be sufciently reliable Japan willequip itself with a nuclear force whether or not openly Japan has put itselfpolitically and technologically in a position to do so Consistently since themid-1950s the government has dened all of its Self-Defense Forces as con-forming to constitutional requirements Nuclear weapons purely for defensewould be deemed constitutional should Japan decide to build some77 As asecret report of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs put it in 1969 rdquoFor the time

77 Norman D Levin ldquoJapanrsquos Defense Policy The Internal Debaterdquo in Harry H Kendall andClara Joewono eds Japan ASEAN and the United States (Berkeley Institute of East Asian StudiesUniversity of California 1990)

International Security 251 34

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 31: Waltz Structural Realism

being we will maintain the policy of not possessing nuclear weapons How-ever regardless of joining the NPT [Non-Proliferation Treaty] or not we willkeep the economic and technical potential for the production of nuclear weap-ons while seeing to it that Japan will not be interfered with in this regardldquo78

In March of 1988 Prime Minister Noboru Takeshita called for a defensivecapability matching Japanrsquos economic power79 Only a balanced conventional-nuclear military capability would meet this requirement In June of 1994 PrimeMinister Tsutumu Hata mentioned in parliament that Japan had the ability tomake nuclear weapons80

Where some see Japan as a rdquoglobal civilian powerldquo and believe it likely toremain one others see a country that has skillfully used the protection theUnited States has afforded and adroitly adopted the means of maintaining itssecurity to its regional environment81 Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida in theearly 1950s suggested that Japan should rely on American protection until ithad rebuilt its economy as it gradually prepared to stand on its own feet82

Japan has laid a rm foundation for doing so by developing much of its ownweaponry instead of relying on cheaper imports Remaining months or mo-ments away from having a nuclear military capability is well designed toprotect the countryrsquos security without unduly alarming its neighbors

The hostility of China of both Koreas and of Russia combines with inevi-table doubts about the extent to which Japan can rely on the United States toprotect its security83 In the opinion of Masanori Nishi a defense ofcial themain cause of Japanrsquos greater ldquointerest in enhanced defense capabilitiesrdquo is itsbelief that Americarsquos interest in ldquomaintaining regional stability is shakyrdquo84

Whether reluctantly or not Japan and China will follow each other on the route

78 rdquoThe Capability to Develop Nuclear Weapons Should Be Kept Ministry of Foreign AffairsSecret Document in 1969rdquo Mainichi August 1 1994 p 41 quoted in Selig S Harrison ldquoJapan andNuclear Weaponsrdquo in Harrison ed Japanrsquos Nuclear Future (Washington DC Carnegie Endow-ment for International Peace 1996) p 979 David Arase ldquoUS and ASEAN Perceptions of Japanrsquos Role in the Asian-Pacic Regionrdquo inKendall and Joewono Japan ASEAN and the United States p 27680 David E Sanger ldquoIn Face-Saving Reverse Japan Disavows Any Nuclear-Arms Expertiserdquo NewYork Times June 22 1994 p 1081 Michael J Green ldquoState of the Field Report Research on Japanese Security Policyrdquo Access AsiaReview Vol 2 No 2 (September 1998) judiciously summarized different interpretations of Japanrsquossecurity policy82 Kenneth B Pyle The Japanese Question Power and Purpose in a New Era (Washington DC AEIPress 1992) p 2683 Andrew Hanami for example points out that Japan wonders whether the United Stateswould help defend Hokkaido Hanami ldquoJapan and the Military Balance of Power in NortheastAsiardquo Journal of East Asian Affairs Vol 7 No 2 (SummerFall 1994) p 36484 Stephanie Strom ldquoJapan Beginning to Flex Its Military Musclesrdquo New York Times April 8 1999p A4

Structural Realism after the Cold War 35

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 32: Waltz Structural Realism

to becoming great powers China has the greater long-term potential Japanwith the worldrsquos second or third largest defense budget and the ability toproduce the most technologically advanced weaponry is closer to great powerstatus at the moment

When Americans speak of preserving the balance of power in East Asiathrough their military presence85 the Chinese understandably take this tomean that they intend to maintain the strategic hegemony they now enjoy inthe absence of such a balance When China makes steady but modest efforts toimprove the quality of its inferior forces Americans see a future threat to theirand othersrsquo interests Whatever worries the United States has and whateverthreats it feels Japan has them earlier and feels them more intensely Japan hasgradually reacted to them China then worries as Japan improves its airlift andsealift capabilities and as the United States raises its support level for forces inSouth Korea86 The actions and reactions of China Japan and South Koreawith or without American participation are creating a new balance of powerin East Asia which is becoming part of the new balance of power in the world

Historically encounters of East and West have often ended in tragedy Yetas we know from happy experience nuclear weapons moderate the behaviorof their possessors and render them cautious whenever crises threaten to spinout of control Fortunately the changing relations of East to West and thechanging relations of countries within the East and the West are taking placein a nuclear context The tensions and conicts that intensify when profoundchanges in world politics take place will continue to mar the relations ofnations while nuclear weapons keep the peace among those who enjoy theirprotection

Americarsquos policy of containing China by keeping 100000 troops in East Asiaand by providing security guarantees to Japan and South Korea is intended tokeep a new balance of power from forming in Asia By continuing to keep100000 troops in Western Europe where no military threat is in sight and byextending NATO eastward the United States pursues the same goal in EuropeThe American aspiration to freeze historical development by working to keepthe world unipolar is doomed In the not very long run the task will exceedAmericarsquos economic military demographic and political resources and thevery effort to maintain a hegemonic position is the surest way to undermine

85 Richard Bernstein and Ross H Munro The Coming Conict with China (New York Alfred AKnopf 1997) and Andrew J Nathan and Robert S Ross The Great Wall and the Empty FortressChinarsquos Search for Security (New York WW Norton 1997)86 Michael J Green and Benjamin L Self ldquoJapanrsquos Changing China Policy From CommercialLiberalism to Reluctant Realismrdquo Survival Vol 38 No 2 (Summer 1996) p 43

International Security 251 36

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 33: Waltz Structural Realism

it The effort to maintain dominance stimulates some countries to work toovercome it As theory shows and history conrms that is how balances ofpower are made Multipolarity is developing before our eyes Moreover it isemerging in accordance with the balancing imperative

American leaders seem to believe that Americarsquos preeminent position willlast indenitely The United States would then remain the dominant powerwithout rivals rising to challenge itmdasha position without precedent in modernhistory Balancing of course is not universal and omnipresent A dominantpower may suppress balancing as the United States has done in EuropeWhether or not balancing takes place also depends on the decisions of govern-ments Stephanie Neumanrsquos book International Relations Theory and the ThirdWorld abounds in examples of states that failed to mind their own securityinterests through internal efforts or external arrangements and as one wouldexpect suffered invasion loss of autonomy and dismemberment87 States arefree to disregard the imperatives of power but they must expect to pay a pricefor doing so Moreover relatively weak and divided states may nd it impos-sible to concert their efforts to counter a hegemonic state despite ample provo-cation This has long been the condition of the Western Hemisphere

In the Cold War the United States won a telling victory Victory in warhowever often brings lasting enmities Magnanimity in victory is rare Winnersof wars facing few impediments to the exercise of their wills often act in waysthat create future enemies Thus Germany by taking Alsace and most ofLorraine from France in 1871 earned its lasting enmity and the Alliesrsquo harshtreatment of Germany after World War I produced a similar effect In contrastBismarck persuaded the kaiser not to march his armies along the road toVienna after the great victory at Koumlniggraumltz in 1866 In the Treaty of PraguePrussia took no Austrian territory Thus Austria having become Austria-Hungary was available as an alliance partner for Germany in 1879 Rather thanlearning from history the United States is repeating past errors by extendingits inuence over what used to be the province of the vanquished88 Thisalienates Russia and nudges it toward China instead of drawing it towardEurope and the United States Despite much talk about the ldquoglobalizationrdquoof international politics American political leaders to a dismaying extentthink of East or West rather than of their interaction With a history of conict

87 Stephanie Neuman ed International Relations Theory and the Third World (New York StMartinrsquos 1998)88 Tellingly John Lewis Gaddis comments that he has never known a time when there was lesssupport among historians for an announced policy Gaddis ldquoHistory Grand Strategy and NATOEnlargementrdquo Survival Vol 40 No 1 (Spring 1998) p 147

Structural Realism after the Cold War 37

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 34: Waltz Structural Realism

along a 2600 mile border with ethnic minorities sprawling across it with amineral-rich and sparsely populated Siberia facing Chinarsquos teeming millionsRussia and China will nd it difcult to cooperate effectively but the UnitedStates is doing its best to help them do so Indeed the United States hasprovided the key to Russian-Chinese relations over the past half centuryFeeling American antagonism and fearing American power China drew closeto Russia after World War II and remained so until the United States seemedless and the Soviet Union more of a threat to China The relatively harmoni-ous relations the United States and China enjoyed during the 1970s began tosour in the late 1980s when Russian power visibly declined and Americanhegemony became imminent To alienate Russia by expanding NATO and toalienate China by lecturing its leaders on how to rule their country are policiesthat only an overwhelmingly powerful country could afford and only a foolishone be tempted to follow The United States cannot prevent a new balance ofpower from forming It can hasten its coming as it has been earnestly doing

In this section the discussion of balancing has been more empirical andspeculative than theoretical I therefore end with some reections on balancingtheory Structural theory and the theory of balance of power that follows fromit do not lead one to expect that states will always or even usually engage inbalancing behavior Balancing is a strategy for survival a way of attemptingto maintain a statersquos autonomous way of life To argue that bandwagoningrepresents a behavior more common to states than balancing has become a bitof a fad Whether states bandwagon more often than they balance is aninteresting question To believe that an afrmative answer would refute bal-ance-of-power theory is however to misinterpret the theory and to commitwhat one might call ldquothe numerical fallacyrdquomdashto draw a qualitative conclusionfrom a quantitative result States try various strategies for survival Balancingis one of them bandwagoning is another The latter may sometimes seem aless demanding and a more rewarding strategy than balancing requiring lesseffort and extracting lower costs while promising concrete rewards Amid theuncertainties of international politics and the shifting pressures of domesticpolitics states have to make perilous choices They may hope to avoid war byappeasing adversaries a weak form of bandwagoning rather than by rearmingand realigning to thwart them Moreover many states have insufcient re-sources for balancing and little room for maneuver They have to jump on thewagon only later to wish they could fall off

Balancing theory does not predict uniformity of behavior but rather thestrong tendency of major states in the system or in regional subsystems toresort to balancing when they have to That states try different strategies of

International Security 251 38

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 35: Waltz Structural Realism

survival is hardly surprising The recurrent emergence of balancing behaviorand the appearance of the patterns the behavior produces should all the morebe seen as impressive evidence supporting the theory

Conclusion

Every time peace breaks out people pop up to proclaim that realism is deadThat is another way of saying that international politics has been transformedThe world however has not been transformed the structure of internationalpolitics has simply been remade by the disappearance of the Soviet Union andfor a time we will live with unipolarity Moreover international politics wasnot remade by the forces and factors that some believe are creating a newworld order Those who set the Soviet Union on the path of reform were oldSoviet apparatchiks trying to right the Soviet economy in order to preserve itsposition in the world The revolution in Soviet affairs and the end of the ColdWar were not brought by democracy interdependence or international insti-tutions Instead the Cold War ended exactly as structural realism led one toexpect As I wrote some years ago the Cold War ldquois rmly rooted in thestructure of postwar international politics and will last as long as that structureenduresrdquo89 So it did and the Cold War ended only when the bipolar structureof the world disappeared

Structural change affects the behavior of states and the outcomes theirinteractions produce It does not break the essential continuity of internationalpolitics The transformation of international politics alone could do that Trans-formation however awaits the day when the international system is no longerpopulated by states that have to help themselves If the day were here onewould be able to say who could be relied on to help the disadvantaged orendangered Instead the ominous shadow of the future continues to cast itspall over interacting states Statesrsquo perennial uncertainty about their fatespresses governments to prefer relative over absolute gains Without theshadow the leaders of states would no longer have to ask themselves howthey will get along tomorrow as well as today States could combine theirefforts cheerfully and work to maximize collective gain without worryingabout how each might fare in comparison to others

Occasionally one nds the statement that governments in their naturalanarchic condition act myopicallymdashthat is on calculations of immediate inter-

89 Kenneth N Waltz ldquoThe Origins of War in Neorealist Theoryrdquo Journal of Interdisciplinary HistoryVol 18 No 4 (Spring 1988) p 628

Structural Realism after the Cold War 39

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 36: Waltz Structural Realism

estmdashwhile hoping that the future will take care of itself Realists are saidto suffer from this optical defect90 Political leaders may be astigmatic butresponsible ones who behave realistically do not suffer from myopia RobertAxelrod and Robert Keohane believe that World War I might have beenaverted if certain states had been able to see how long the futurersquos shadowwas91 Yet as their own discussion shows the future was what the majorstates were obsessively worried about The war was prompted less by consid-erations of present security and more by worries about how the balancemight change later The problems of governments do not arise from theirshort time horizons They see the long shadow of the future but theyhave trouble reading its contours perhaps because they try to look too farahead and see imaginary dangers In 1914 Germany feared Russiarsquos rapidindustrial and population growth France and Britain suffered from the samefear about Germany and in addition Britain worried about the rapid growthof Germanyrsquos navy In an important sense World War I was a preventive warall around Future fears dominated hopes for short-term gains States do notlive in the happiest of conditions that Horace in one of his odes imagined forman

Happy the man and happy he alone who can sayTomorrow do thy worst for I have lived today92

Robert Axelrod has shown that the rdquotit-for-tatldquo tactic and no other maxi-mizes collective gain over time The one condition for success is that the gamebe played under the shadow of the future93 Because states coexist in a self-helpsystem they may however have to concern themselves not with maximizingcollective gain but with lessening preserving or widening the gap in welfareand strength between themselves and others The contours of the futurersquosshadow look different in hierarchic and anarchic systems The shadow mayfacilitate cooperation in the former it works against it in the latter Worries

90 The point is made by Robert O Keohane After Hegemony Cooperation and Discord in the WorldPolitical Economy (Princeton NJ Princeton University Press 1984) pp 99 103 10891 Robert Axelrod and Robert O Keohane ldquoAchieving Cooperation under Anarchy Strategiesand Institutionsrdquo in David Baldwin ed Neorealism and Neoliberalism The Contemporary Debate(New York Columbia University Press 1993) For German leaders they say ldquothe shadow of thefuture seemed so smallrdquo (p 92) Robert Powell shows that ldquoa longer shadow leads to greatermilitary allocationsrdquo See Powell ldquoGuns Butter and Anarchyrdquo American Political Science ReviewVol 87 No 1 (March 1993) p 116 see also p 117 on the question of the compatibility of liberalinstitutionalism and structural realism92 My revision93 Robert Axelrod The Evolution of Cooperation (New York Basic Books 1984)

International Security 251 40

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41

Page 37: Waltz Structural Realism

about the future do not make cooperation and institution building amongnations impossible they do strongly condition their operation and limit theiraccomplishment Liberal institutionalists were right to start their investigationswith structural realism Until and unless a transformation occurs it remainsthe basic theory of international politics

Structural Realism after the Cold War 41